Sunteți pe pagina 1din 119

Air Cylinder New

RoHS

Double foot Head flange


Double-side bossed are
added to the
mounting types. Double-side bossed

4 types 7 types Head cover


with boss

Double foot Head flange

Improved amount of
mounting freedom
Head cover with
boss is added.

Easy fine adjustment Rod end deflection accuracy


of auto switch position improved
Fine adjustment of the auto switch position is possible by Rod end deflection is reduced by mounting a
simply loosening the screw attached to the auto switch. wear ring to the piston as standard.
Transparent switch bracket improves
visibility of indicator LED.
Wear ring

Fine adjustment of auto switch


Deflection

LED color indicator

Screw attached to auto switch Switch bracket

Series CJ2
CAT.ES20-226C
Air Cylinder

Part numbers with rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket available
Not necessary to order a bracket for the applicable cylinder separately
Note) Mounting bracket is shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

Example) CDJ2D16-50Z- N W -M9BW-B


Pivot bracket N: Kit of pivot bracket Rod end bracket With rod end bracket Rod end cap
Nil None and double clevis Nil None V: Single knuckle T: Flat type
joint
Pivot bracket is shipped V Single knuckle joint
together with the
N W Double knuckle joint
product, but not
assembled. T Rod end cap (Flat type)
∗ Only for CJ2D (double clevis) type W: Double knuckle U: Round type
U Rod end cap (Round type) joint

Various mounting bracket options N: Pivot bracket


• Suitable mounting brackets can be
selected for the installation condition.
D: Double clevis
• Improved amount of mounting
freedom
G: Head flange

B: Basic
U: Rod end cap
(Round type) F: Rod flange

E: Double-side bossed

M: Double foot

L: Single foot

T: Rod end cap


(Flat type)

V: Single knuckle joint

W: Double knuckle joint

2 mounting types of compact auto switches Head cover


 Band mounting 4 types of head cover
 Rail mounting shape are available.
The auto switch mounting type, band or rail can be Band mounting Basic Double clevis
selected with the model number.

Water resistant compact auto switch now available


 Solid state auto switch D-M9A(V)

Applicable to lead wire perpendicular entry type


Rail mounting Axial piping With boss

Specifications and
dimensions are the
same as the existing
No environmental hazardous substances used product.
1
Series CJ2
Screw attached to auto switch
Easy fine adjustment of Switch bracket

auto switch position Visibility of the indicator


LED improved with the
Auto switch

Fine adjustment of the auto transparent resin switch


bracket
switch set position can be (Standard specification)
performed by loosening the Switch holder
auto switch attached screw
without loosening the auto
switch mounting band. Oper-
ability improved compared with
the conventional auto switch Auto switch mounting screw
set position adjustment, where
the complete switch mounting Auto switch mounting band
band requires loosening.

Stroke Variations
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm)
15 30 45 60 75 100 125 150 175 200
6

10

16

Series Variations
Bore size (mm) Variations
Series Action Type Page
6 10 16 Built-in magnet Air cushion
Standard Double Single rod
CJ2 acting Page 5

Double Double rod


acting Page 21

Single Single rod


acting Spring return/extend Page 29

Standard Double
CJ2-Z acting
Single rod Page 6

Double
acting
Double rod Page 22

Single Single rod


acting Spring return/extend Page 30

Non-rotating rod Double Single rod


CJ2K-Z acting Page 43

Single Single rod


acting Spring return/extend Page 50

Built-in speed controller Double Single rod


Page 62
CJ2Z-Z acting

Double Double rod


acting Page 69
Direct mount Double
CJ2R-Z acting
Single rod Page 74

Single Single rod


acting Spring return/extend Page 78

Direct mount, Double


acting
Single rod Page 82
Non-rotating rod
CJ2RK-Z Single Single rod
acting Spring return/extend Page 85

With end lock Double


Single rod Page 89
CBJ2 acting

Smooth Cylinder Double


CJ2Y-Z acting
Single rod CAT.ES20-235

Low Speed Cylinder Double


CJ2X-Z acting
Single rod CAT.ES20-235
∗ The standard type with bore size of 6 mm and the air cylinder with end lock have the same shapes as the existing products.
∗ For details about the clean series, refer to the WEB catalog.
2
Combinations of Standard Products and Made to Order Specifications
Series CJ2

Series CJ2 CJ2K


(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
V : Standard
: Made to Order Action/ Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
 : Special product (Please contact SMC for details.) Type Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod
— : Not available (spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)
Page
Page 5 Page 21 Page 29 Page 43 Page 50
Applicable
Symbol Specifications ø6 Note 7) to ø16 ø10, ø16
bore size

Standard Standard V V V V V V V
ø6 Note 7) to ø16
D Built-in magnet V V V V V V V

CJ2-A Air cushion ø10, ø16 V V — — — — —

10-, 11- Clean series Note 1) ø6 Note 7) to ø16 V V Note 11) v v — — —

25A- Copper (Cu) and Zinc (Zn)-free Note 6) ø10, ø16 V v v v v v v

20- Copper Note 10) and Fluorine-free Note 2) ø6 Note 7) 12) V V V V — — —

XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C) Note 3) 4) v v v v v

XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C) Note 3) 4) ø6 Note 7) to ø16 v v v v v

XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) Note 4) — — — — — —

XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) ø6 Note 7) — — — — — —

XC3 Special port position Note 2) 4) v — — — —

Adjustable stroke cylinder/


XC8 Adjustable extension type Note 4)
— v v v v v

Adjustable stroke cylinder/


XC9 Adjustable retraction type Note 4)
ø10, ø16 — v — v —

XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type Note 4) — v v v v

XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type Note 4) — — — v — —

XC22 Fluororubber seal Note 4) v v


ø6 Note 7) to ø16
XC51 With hose nipple

XC85 Grease for food processing equipment


ø10, ø16
X446 PTFE grease

X773 Short pitch mounting ø6 Note 7) — — — — — —


Note 1) Mounting style: Not compatible with the clevis type. Note 7) The shape is the same as the existing product.
An auto switch is available in the band mounting type only. Note 8) Available only for locking at head end.
Note 2) An auto switch is available in the band mounting type only. Note 9) Available only for locking at rod end.
Note 3) The products with an auto switch are not compatible. Note 10) Copper is not allowed to use for the externally exposed part.
Note 4) The products with an air cushion are not compatible. Note 11) ø10 and ø16 only
Note 5) For details about the smooth cylinder and low speed cylinder, Note 12) Available as standard for ø10 and ø16.
refer to the WEB catalog or "ES20-235" catalog.
Note 6) For details, refer to the WEB catalog.

3
Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK CBJ2 CJ2Y Note 5) CJ2X Note 5)
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type) (With end lock) Note 7) Smooth Cylinder Low Speed Cylinder

CJ2W
Standard
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Double acting Double acting
Single Double Single Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
rod rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

Page 62 Page 69 Page 74 Page 78 Page 82 Page 85 Page 89 ­— ­—

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
ø10, ø16 ø16 ø10, ø16 ø10, ø16 Symbol

V V V V V V V V V V V Standard

Double Acting, Single Rod


D

CJ2K
V V V V V V V V V V V

Non-rotating Rod
­— ­— v ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— CJ2l-lA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


­— ­— V v v ­— ­— ­— v Note 8) ­— ­— 10-, 11-

CJ2K
v v v v v v v v ­v v v 25A-

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— — ­— ­— 20-

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
v v v v v v v v ­v ­— ­— XB6

­— ­— ­— XB7

CJ2ZW
v v v v v v v v

­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— v ­— ­— XB9

­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— — ­— ­— XB13

CJ2R
­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— XC3

Direct Mount
v v v v

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


v ­— v v v v v v ­— ­— ­— XC8

CJ2R
­— ­— v ­— v ­— v Note 9) ­— XC9

Double Acting, Single Rod


v ­— v v v v v v v v ­— XC10 Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

­— ­— v ­— ­— v ­— ­— v Note 9) ­— ­— XC11 CJ2RK

­— ­— XC22
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

v v v v v v v v
CJ2RK

­— ­— ­— XC51

­— ­— ­— XC85
With End Lock

CBJ2

­— ­— ­— X446

­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— ­— X773
Made to Order Auto Switch

4
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2 RoHS

ø6
How to Order

CJ2 L 6 60 R
With auto switch CDJ2 L 6 60 R M9BW C
With auto switch Made to Order
(Built-in magnet) Refer to page 7 for details.

Mounting Auto switch mounting bracket Note)


B Basic Note) This symbol is indicated when the D-A9l
Bore size or M9l type auto switch is specified.
L Single foot This mounting bracket does not apply to
6 6 mm
F Rod flange other auto switches (D-C7l and H7l,
etc.) (Nil)
Cylinder standard stroke (mm)
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 7. Number of auto switches
Nil 2 pcs.
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model Head cover port S 1 pc.
location
Suffix the symbol “-B” (Band mounting style) to n “n” pcs.
the end of part number for cylinder with auto
switch. R Axial
Auto switch
Example Band mounting CDJ2B6-60-B * ø6 is available only as * For applicable auto switches, refer to the
in-line style. table below.
* F or rail mounting, screws and nuts for 2 auto
switches come with the rail.  If a built-in magnet cylinder without an
* R efer to page 103 for auto switch mounting auto switch is required, refer to the model
brackets. of built-in magnet cylinder.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC Perpendicular In-line load
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) — 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —


Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
Relay,
No 2-wire 100 V or less A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit
PLC
24 V 12 V
Yes — — C73C V — V V V — —
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 104 for details.
∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗ The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)

A 5
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2 RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

CJ2 B 16 60 A Z

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
With auto switch CDJ2 B 16 60 A Z M9BW B

Double Acting, Single Rod


With auto switch Bore size

CJ2K
(Built-in magnet) 10 10 mm Made to Order

Non-rotating Rod
16 16 mm Refer to page 7 for details.
Mounting Pivot bracket
B Basic Nil None Auto switch mounting type
Cylinder standard stroke (mm)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


E Double-side bossed Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 7. Pivot bracket is shipped
A Rail mounting

CJ2K
D Double clevis N together with the product,
B Band mounting
L Single foot but not assembled.
∗ For rail mounting, screws and nuts for
M Double foot Cushion ∗ Only for CJ2D (double clevis)
2 auto switches come with the rail.
F Rod flange ∗ Pivot bracket is shipped together
Nil Rubber bumper ∗ Refer to page 103 auto switch
with the product, but not assembled.
G Head flange mounting brackets.

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
A Air cushion

CJ2Z
∗ Foot/Flange brackets are

Built-in Speed Controller


shipped together with the Rod end bracket Number of auto switches
product, but not assembled. Head cover port location Nil None
Nil 2 pcs.
V Single knuckle joint
S 1 pc.
Perpendicular W Double knuckle joint
Nil n “n” pcs.
to axis T Rod end cap (Flat type)

CJ2ZW
U Rod end cap (Round type)
Auto switch
R Axial * Rod end bracket is shipped together with
the product, but not assembled. Nil Without auto switch
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with * For applicable auto switches,
* For double clevis, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis. the single knuckle joint. refer to the table below.
* For double-side bossed, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis.

CJ2R
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 7.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.

Direct Mount
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)

CJ2R
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —

Double Acting, Single Rod


3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

2-wire 12 V v v V v — v —
CJ2RK

With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
With End Lock

No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 — — — — IC circuit Relay,


CBJ2

V V
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Made to Order Auto Switch

Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 104 for details.
∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗ The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)

6A
Series CJ2

Specifications

Bore size (mm) 6 10 16


Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 10.7 MPa
Minimum operating Rubber bumper 0.12 MPa 0.06 MPa
pressure Air cushion — 0.1 MPa
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
Symbol Cushion Rubber bumper Rubber bumper/Air cushion
Rubber bumper Air cushion Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Rubber bumper 50 to 750 mm/s
Piston speed
Air cushion — 50 to 1000 mm/s
Rubber bumper 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
Allowable kinetic
Air cushion 0.07 J 0.18 J
energy —
(Effective cushion length) (9.4 mm) (9.4 mm)

Stroke length tolerance +1.0


Made to Order 0
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.)
Symbol Specifications Standard Strokes
-XAl Change of rod end shape
(mm)
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion 6 15, 30, 45, 60 200
-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion 10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400
-XB13 Note) Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion 16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
-XC3 Special port location ∗ Not available with air cushion * Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type Produced upon receipt of order.
* Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC22 Fluororubber seal ∗ Not available with air cushion
-XC51 With hose nipple Mounting and Accessories/For details, refer to page 20.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
V…Mounted on the product. v…Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
-X446 PTFE grease
Double∗ Double clevis
Note) ø6 only Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut V V V — —
Standard

Rod end nut V V V V V


Clevis pin — — — V V
Single knuckle joint v v v v v
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Double knuckle joint∗
Option

v v v v v
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v v v
T-bracket — — — v V
Cylinder model: ∗ A pin and retaining rings are included with double clevis and/or double knuckle joint.
CDJ2D16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B Double clevis
Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Double knuckle joint Bore size (mm)


Mounting bracket
6 10 16
Foot CJ-L006B CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F006B CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
T-bracket∗ — CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Pivot bracket

Auto switch Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders Moisture


Band mounting with auto switches. Control Tube
•A  uto switch proper mounting position Series IDK
Mounting D: Double clevis (detection at stroke end) and its When operating an actuator with a small diameter
Pivot bracket N: Yes mounting height and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint • M inimum stroke for auto switch condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. mounting
piping depending on the conditions.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Operating range
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part
∗ Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc-
no.
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. curring. For details, refer to Series IDK in the
WEB catalog.
* Except ø6.
7
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Weights
Precautions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
(g)
Rubber bumper Air cushion Refer to page 117 before handling.
Bore size (mm)
6 10 16 10 16
Basic 15 22 46 39 66
Basic weight
Axial piping 15 22 46 39 66

CJ2W
Standard
(When the stroke
Double clevis (including clevis pin) — 24 54 43 74
is zero)
Head-side bossed — 23 48 40 68
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 2 4 7 4 7 ∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic
Single foot 8 8 25 8 25 weight.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting bracket Double foot — 16 50 16 50 Note) Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight
weight Rod flange 5 5 13 5 13

CJ2
for the double clevis.
Head flange — 5 13 5 13 Calculation:
Single knuckle joint — 17 23 17 23 Example) CJ2L10-45Z
Double knuckle joint OBasic weight························ 22 (ø10)
— 25 21 25 21
(including knuckle pin)

Double Acting, Single Rod


OAdditional weight················· 4/15 stroke
Accessories

CJ2K
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 1 2 1 2 OCylinder stroke····················· 45 stroke
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 1 2 1 2 OMounting bracket weight······ 8 (Axial foot)

Non-rotating Rod
T-bracket — 32 50 32 50 22 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 42 g

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Clean Series Low Speed Cylinder

Head cover
10-CJ2 Mounting style 6 Stroke R CJ2 X Mounting style Bore size Stroke Z

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
port location

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Head cover
10-CJ2 Mounting style Bore size Stroke port location Z Low Speed Cylinder

Clean Series

CJ2ZW
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which discharges leakage Smooth operation with a little sticking and slipping at low speed.
from the rod section directly into the outside of clean room by relief port Can start smoothly with a little ejection even after being
and making an actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. rendered for hours.

CJ2R
Direct Mount
The dimensions are the same as the double acting, single rod type.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Specifications Specifications
Action Double acting, Single rod Action Double acting, Single rod
Bore size (mm) 6, 10, 16 Bore size (mm) 10, 16

Double Acting, Single Rod


Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa Fluid Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Air
Minimum operating ø6 0.14 MPa Proof pressure 1.05 MPa
pressure ø10, ø16 0.08 MPa Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper/Air cushion Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 7.)


CJ2RK

Ambient and fluid Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)
Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting type) temperature With auto switch: –10 to 60°C
Basic, Double-side bossed*, Cushion Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Mounting
Single/Double foot*, Rod/Head flange*
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
* ø10 and ø16 only
With End Lock

+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
CBJ2

Construction Piston speed 1 to 300 mm/s


Allowable kinetic ø10 0.035 J
energy ø16 0.090 J
Made to Order Auto Switch

* The above figure is for ø16.


For the detailed specifications, refer to the “Pneumatic Clean Series”
(WEB catalog). For details, refer to the WEB catalog or “ES20-235” catalog.

8
Series CJ2

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


CJ2l6
Rubber bumper

!8 !7 o r !2 e i u !1 !2 w !9

With auto switch

CJ2l10, CJ2l16
Rubber bumper

!8 !7 o !2 e r i y !1 t !3 w !9

With auto switch

Air cushion

!8 r !7 o !0 !2 e i y !1 !3 t !5 w !6 !4
!9

With auto switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1A Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 10 Cushion seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminum alloy Anodized (ø6 only) 11 Piston seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 12 Tube gasket NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 13 Wear ring Resin ø10, ø16
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 14 Cushion needle Carbon steel
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy ø10, ø16 15 Cushion ring Aluminum alloy
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy ø10, ø16 16 Needle seal NBR
7 Piston Brass ø6 17 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
8 Bumper Urethane 18 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
9 Rod seal NBR 19 Magnet —

9
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Dimensions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Basic (B)
CJ2B6 – Stroke R

CJ2W
Standard
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

øNDh8
NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 Piping port M5 x 0.8

MM
øC

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


øD ø9

CJ2
B–0.3

8 –0.3
0

0
0 0
B–0.3 A F T NA NB 8 –0.3

Double Acting, Single Rod


H S + Stroke

CJ2K
Z + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2K
CJ2B Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z
øNDh8

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Axial location (R)
Rod end nut * The overall cylinder length does not change.

CJ2ZW
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail Y GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
NN
øC MM
øD

CJ2R
B –0.3
0

Direct Mount
0
B –0.3 A F NA NB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


H S + Stroke

CJ2R
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN S T Z
0
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 — 28 M3 x 0.5 16 7 6–0.018 M6 x 1.0 49 3 77
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 8–0.022 M8 x 1.0 46 — 74
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

0
16
CJ2RK

15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 10–0.022 M10 x 1.0 47 — 75


With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

10
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Basic (B)
With air cushion: CJ2B Bore size – Stroke A Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut

Rod end nut

45° WA WB

GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB


øC
B –0.3
0

0
NA NB
B –0.3 S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port
M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 10. (mm)
Bore size B C GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

11
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Dimensions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Single foot (L)
CJ2L6 – Stroke R

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut
F GA View E Piping port M5 x 0.8 Piping port M5 x 0.8
Rod end nut NN
Cover surface

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


MM øC
ø9

øD

CJ2
B –0.3
8 –0.3
LY

0
0
LB
LH

LT
0 0
8 –0.3 B –0.3

Double Acting, Single Rod


LX

CJ2K
LZ A X Y T NA NB
View E

Non-rotating Rod
H S + Stroke
2 x øLC
Z + Stroke
Mounting hole

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
CJ2L Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

Built-in Speed Controller


 Mounting nut
F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Cover surface Rod end nut NN

CJ2ZW
MM
øC
øD

B–0.3
0
LY
LB
LH

0
B–0.3

CJ2R
LT

LX
LZ A

Direct Mount
X Y NA NB
H S + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


2 x øLC Z + Stroke

CJ2R
Mounting hole
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S T X Y Z
With End Lock

CBJ2

6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 — 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 7 M6 x 1.0 49 3 5 7 77


10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 — 5 7 74
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 — 6 9 75
Made to Order Auto Switch

12
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Single foot (L)
With air cushion: CJ2L Bore size – Stroke A Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut WB
WA
Rod end nut
45°
Cover surface GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB

øC

B–0.3
0
LB

NA NB 0
B–0.3
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 12. (mm)
Bore size B C GA GB LB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 16.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 23 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

13
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Dimensions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Double foot (M)
CJ2M Bore size – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
H  Mounting nut
 Mounting nut F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB F NN

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Cover surface
Rod end nut NN

CJ2
MM

øD
LY
LB

LT
LH

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
LT

LX

Non-rotating Rod
LZ A
4 x øLC
Mounting hole X Y NA NB Y X

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


S + Stroke

CJ2K
LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
With air cushion: CJ2M Bore size – Stroke AZ

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
 Mounting nut WA WB
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


GA GB

CJ2R
Cover surface Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 45° øC

B–0.3
0
LB

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

NA NB View E
0
B–0.3 CJ2RK
S + Stroke
View E
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


CBJ2

(mm)
Bore size A D F GA GB H LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S X Y Z
10 15 4 8 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 60 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 5 7 86
16 15 5 8 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 65 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 6 9 90
Made to Order Auto Switch

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. (mm)
Bore size B C GA GB LB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 16.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 23 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

14
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Rod flange (F)
CJ2F6 – Stroke R
View E
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Cover surface NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 Piping port M5 x 0.8

MM
ø9 øC

øD

B –0.3
8 –0.3
FY
FB

0
0
0 0
FX 2 x øFC FT 8–0.3 B –0.3
FZ Mounting hole A F T NA NB
H S + Stroke
View E
Z + Stroke

CJ2F Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z


 Mounting nut
Cover surface NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Rod end nut
MM øC
øD

B–0.3
FY
FB

0
FX FT 0
B–0.3
FZ A F NA NB
2 x øFC
Mounting hole H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN S T Z
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 — 28 M3 x 0.5 16 7 M6 x 1.0 49 3 77
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 — 74
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 — 75

15
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Dimensions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Rod flange (F)
With air cushion: CJ2F Bore size – Stroke A Head cover port location Z

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2
 Mounting nut WB
WA
Rod end nut

Double Acting, Single Rod


Cover surface GA GB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 45°

CJ2K
øC

Non-rotating Rod
B–0.3
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
NA NB 0
B–0.3
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Piping port

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
M5 x 0.8

CJ2ZW
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

Dimensions other than the table below are the same as those on page 15. (mm)

CJ2R
Bore size B C FB GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 14.5 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93

Direct Mount
16 18.3 20 19 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

16
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Head flange (G)
CJ2G Bore size – Stroke Z

Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB  Mounting nut Cover surface
NN NN
øC

MM
øD
B–0.3

FY
FB
0

B–0.3
0
A F NA NB FT FX 2 x øFC
Mounting hole
H S + Stroke F FZ
Z + Stroke

With air cushion: CJ2G Bore size – Stroke AZ

WA
WB
Rod end nut
45° GA GB  Mounting nut Cover surface
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
øC
B–0.3

FB
0

0
B–0.3 NA NB
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN S Z
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M8 x 1.0 46 82
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 47 83

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. (mm)
Bore size B C FB GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 14.5 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 93
16 18.3 20 19 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 94

17
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2

Dimensions

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Double clevis (D)
CJ2D Bore size – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
+0.030
øCDH9 0
–0.030
Rod end nut GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NB Clevis pin (øcdd9 –0.060)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


MM GB

CJ2
øC øC
øD

CZ–0.3
B–0.3

0
0

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
+0.2
0 A NA CX +0.1
B–0.3

Non-rotating Rod
H S + Stroke U 0
CZ–0.3
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
With air cushion: CJ2D Bore size – Stroke AZ

CJ2ZW
WA WB

CJ2R
Rod end nut NB

Direct Mount
45° GA GB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

øC

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


øC

CJ2R
CZ –0.3
B–0.3

0
0

NA
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
0 0
B–0.3 S + Stroke CZ –0.3
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


With End Lock

(mm)
CBJ2

Bore size A B C CD (cd) CX CZ D GA GB H MM NA NB R S U Z ZZ


10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 8 18 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 22.5 5 46 8 82 87
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 8 23 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 27.5 8 47 10 85 93

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. (mm)
Made to Order Auto Switch

Bore size B C CZ GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z ZZ
10 15 17 15 7.5 19.5 21 33 14.4 26.4 65 101 106
16 18.3 20 18.3 7.5 24.5 21 38 14.4 31.4 66 104 112

18
Series CJ2

Dimensions
Double-side bossed (E)
CJ2E Bore size – Stroke Z
øNDh8

Section Y detail  Mounting nut

øNDh8
NN Y GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB YY
Rod end nut
MM NN
øC
B–0.3
0

0
B–0.3 A F NA NB
øD

Section YY detail
H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

With air cushion: CJ2E Bore size – Stroke AZ

WA WB
 Mounting nut
Rod end nut

45° GA GB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
øC
B–0.3
0

B–0.3
0 NA NB
S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN S Z
0
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 46 82
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 47 83

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. (mm)
Bore size B C GA GB NA NB WA WB S Z
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 65 101
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.4 13.4 66 102

19
Series CJ2
Dimensions of Accessories (Option)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Single Knuckle Joint Clevis Pin Knuckle Pin

NDH10

CJ2W
Standard
12

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Material: Stainless steel
Material: Rolled steel Material: Stainless steel
Part no. Applicable Dd9 Included

Double Acting, Single Rod


bore size d L L1 m t retaining ring
Part no. Applicable A1 L1 MM NDH10 NX R1 U1 Part no. Applicable Dd9 Included

CJ2K
bore size bore size d L L1 m t retaining ring
CD-J010 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2

Non-rotating Rod
I-J010C 10 8 21 M4 x 0.7 3.3+0.048
0 3.1 8 9 CD-Z015 16 5–0.030
–0.060 4.8 22.7 18.3 1.5 0.7 Type C 5 CD-J010 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2

I-J016C 16 8 25 M5 x 0.8 5 +0.048


0 6.4 12 14 CD-JA010* 10 3.3–0.030
–0.060 3 18.2 15.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2 IY-J015 16 5–0.030
–0.060 4.8 16.6 12.2 1.5 0.7 Type C 5

* For ø10 double clevis type, with air cushion and built-in speed controller. * For size ø10, a clevis pin is diverted.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


* Retaining rings are included with a clevis pin. * Retaining rings are included with a knuckle pin.

CJ2K
Double Knuckle Joint Mounting Nut Rod End Nut

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
øND hole H10
Axis d9
12

CJ2ZW
Material: Rolled steel Material: Carbon steel Material: Carbon steel
Applicable
A1 L L1 MM

CJ2R
Part no.
Part no. Applicable Part no. Applicable
bore size
Y-J010C 10 8 15.2 21 M4 x 0.7 bore size B1 C1 d H1 bore size B2 C2 d H2

Direct Mount
Y-J016C 16 11 16.6 21 M5 x 0.8 SNJ-006B 6 8 9.2 M6 x 1.0 4 NTJ-006A 6 5.5 6.4 M3 x 0.5 2.4
Part no. NDd9 NDH10 NX R1 U1 SNJ-010C 10 11 12.7 M8 x 1.0 4 NTJ-010C 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Y-J010C 3.3–0.030 +0.048 SNJ-016C 16 14 16.2 M10 x 1.0 4 NTJ-015C 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4
–0.060 3.3 0 3.2 8 10

CJ2R
Y-J016C 5–0.030 5+0.048 6.5 12 10 SNKJ-016C* 16 17 19.6 M12 x 1.0 4
–0.060 0

* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are included. * For ø16 non-rotating type. (Use SNJ-016C for
ø10 non-rotating type.)
* The mounting nut for ø6 is made of brass.

Double Acting, Single Rod


T-bracket Rod End Cap Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

(S + Stroke) (U)
TN CJ2RK
TDH10 Flat type/CJ-CF Round type/CJ-CR
+0.2
0
TU
7

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2RK

12 12
TH

4 x øTC
TZ

TK
With End Lock
TT

TY
CBJ2

TX Material: Polyacetal
TW TV Part no. Applicable
A D L MM N R W
Flat type Round type bore size
Applicable CJ-CF006 CJ-CR006 6 6 8 11 M3 x 0.5 5 8 6
Part no. bore size TC TDH10 TH TK TN TT TU TV TW TX TY TZ
CJ-CF010 CJ-CR010 10
Made to Order Auto Switch

8 10 13 M4 x 0.7 6 10 8
CJ-T010C 10 4.5 3.3+0.048
0 29 18 3.1 2 9 40 22 32 12 8 CJ-CF016 CJ-CR016 16 10 12 15 M5 x 0.8 7 12 10
CJ-T016C 16 5.5 5+0.048
0 35 20 6.4 2.3 14 48 28 38 16 10
* A T-bracket includes a T-bracket base, single knuckle joint, hexagon
socket head bolt and spring washer.
* For dimensions of (U) and (S + Stroke), refer to the double clevis
drawing on page 18.

20
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

Series CJ2W RoHS

ø6
How to Order
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model
Suffix the symbol “-B” (Band mounting style) to the
end of part number for cylinder with auto switch.

Example Band mounting CDJ2WB6-45-B


* Refer to page 103 for auto switch mounting brackets.

CJ2W L 6 45
With auto switch CDJ2W L 6 45 M9BW C
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet) Made to Order
Refer to page 23 for details.

Mounting
Auto switch mounting bracket Note)
B Basic
Note) This symbol is indicated when the D-A9l or
L Foot Bore size
M9l type auto switch is specified.
F Flange 6 6 mm This mounting bracket does not apply to other
auto switches (D-C7l and H7l, etc.) (Nil)
Cylinder standard stroke (mm)
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 23. Number of auto switches
Nil 2 pcs.
Auto switch S 1 pc.
* For applicable auto switches, refer to the table below. n “n” pcs.
 If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required,
refer to the model of built-in magnet cylinder.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC Perpendicular In-line load
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v Relay,
Diagnostic indication Yes 24 V 5 V,12 V — IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet
3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
3-wire 5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
Relay,
No 2-wire 100 V or less A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit
PLC
24 V 12 V
Yes — — C73C V — V V V — —
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW ∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 104 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL ∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗ The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)

A 21
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

Series CJ2W RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

CJ2W B 16 60 A Z

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
With auto switch CDJ2W L 16 60 A Z M9BW B

Double Acting, Single Rod


With auto switch

CJ2K
(Built-in magnet)

Non-rotating Rod
Mounting Auto switch
B Basic mounting type
L Foot Bore size A Rail mounting

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


F 10 10 mm B Band mounting

CJ2K
Flange
∗ Foot/Flange brackets are 16 16 mm
shipped together with the
product, but not assembled. Number of auto
switches
Cylinder standard stroke (mm)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Nil 2 pcs.

CJ2Z
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 23.

Built-in Speed Controller


S 1 pc.
n “n” pcs.
Cushion
∗ For rail mounting, screws and nuts for 2 auto
Nil Rubber bumper switches come with the rail.
A Air cushion ∗ Refer to page 103 for auto switch mounting

CJ2ZW
brackets.
Auto switch
Nil Without auto switch
∗ For applicable auto switches,
Made to Order
Refer to page 23 for details.
refer to the table below.

CJ2R
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.

Direct Mount
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v —

CJ2R
v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,

CJ2RK
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
CJ2RK

3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
With End Lock

No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,


2-wire 12 V
CBJ2

Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC


Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.


∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 104 for details.
∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗ The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only the auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before shipment.)

22 A
Series CJ2W

Specifications
Bore size (mm) 6 10 16
Action Double acting, Double rod
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating Rubber bumper 0.15 MPa 0.1 MPa
pressure Air cushion — 0.1 MPa
Without auto switch: –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch: –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper Rubber bumper/Air cushion
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
Rubber bumper 50 to 750 mm/s
Symbol Piston speed
Air cushion — 50 to 1000 mm/s
Double acting, Double rod, Rubber bumper Rubber bumper 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
Allowable kinetic
Air cushion 0.07 J 0.18 J
energy —
(Effective cushion length) (9.4 mm) (9.4 mm)
Stroke length tolerance +1.0
0

Air cushion Standard Strokes


(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke
6 15, 30, 45, 60
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Produced upon receipt of order.
* Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
Made to Order * Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders Model
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB catalog. In addition, the products
Symbol Specifications
that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

-XAl Change of rod end shape Mounting and Accessories/For details, refer to page 20.
-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C) V…Mounted on the product. v…Please order separately.
∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C)
-XB7 ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion Mounting nut V V V
Option Standard

-XC22 Fluororubber seal ∗ Not available with air cushion Rod end nut V V V
Single knuckle joint v v v
-XC51 With hose nipple
Double knuckle joint∗ v v v
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v
-X446 PTFE grease ∗ A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.

Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with


Mounting Brackets/Part No.
auto switches.
Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection 6 10 16
at stroke end) and its mounting height Foot CJ-L006B CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting Flange CJ-F006B CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
• Operating range
Weights
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
(g)
Rubber bumper Air cushion
Bore size (mm)
Precautions
6 10 16 10 16
Basic weight
Basic 27 29 56 36 61
(When the stroke is zero)
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 3 4.5 7.5 4.5 7.5
Refer to page 117 before handling.
Mounting bracket Foot 16 16 50 16 50
weight Flange 5 5 13 5 13
Single knuckle joint — 17 23 17 23
Moisture Double knuckle joint
— 25 21 25 21
Control Tube Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Series IDK Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 1 2 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 1 2 1 2
When operating an actuator with a small diameter
and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew ∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the Calculation:
piping depending on the conditions. Example) CJ2WL10-45Z
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the OBasic weight························ 29 (ø10)
actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc- OAdditional weight················· 4.5/15 stroke
curring. For details, refer to Series IDK in the OCylinder stroke····················· 45 stroke
WEB catalog. OMounting bracket weight······ 16 (Foot)
29 + 4.5/15 x 45 + 16 = 58.5 g
23
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Clean Series

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
10-CJ2W Mounting style Bore size Stroke Z

Clean Series

CJ2W
Standard
Specifications
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which Action Double acting, Double rod

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the Bore size (mm) 10, 16
outside of clean room by relief port and making an

CJ2
actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.1 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper

Double Acting, Single Rod


Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 23.)

CJ2K
For the detailed specifications, refer to the “Pneumatic Clean Series” Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting type)

Non-rotating Rod
(WEB catalog). Mounting Basic, Foot, Flange

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
With auto

CJ2ZW
switch

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

24
Series CJ2W

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


CJ2Wl6
!7
Rubber bumper

!6 !5 B
! A
! i e !1 w u y !0
With auto switch

CJ2Wl10, CJ2Wl16
Rubber bumper
!6 !5 i !1 w e u t !0 r
!7

With auto
switch

Air cushion

!6 e !5 i o !1 w u t !0 r !3 !4 !2
!7

With auto
switch

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1A Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 9 Cushion seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminum alloy Anodized (ø6 only) 10 Piston seal NBR
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Tube gasket NBR
3 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Cushion needle Carbon steel
4 Piston A Aluminum alloy 13 Cushion ring Aluminum alloy
5 Piston B Aluminum alloy 14 Needle seal NBR
6 Piston Brass ø6 15 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
7 Bumper Urethane 16 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
8 Rod seal NBR 17 Magnet —

25
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2WB6 – Stroke
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

øNDh8

øNDh8
MM NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA NN

CJ2W
Standard
øC
MM

øD
B –0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0

CJ2
B–0.3 A F T NA NA T F A
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
CJ2WB Bore size – Stroke Z

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
øNDh8
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
GA
øNDh8

NN
øC MM GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NN MM
øD

øD

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
B−0.3

CJ2Z
0

Built-in Speed Controller


0 A F NA NA F A
B−0.3
H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
With air cushion: CJ2WB Bore size – Stroke AZ

Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
 Mounting nut
WA WA
Rod end nut

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
45°
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA
øC
B−0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2RK

0
NA NA
B−0.3
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NDh8 NN S T Z
61 117
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 6 0
M6 x 1.0 3
Made to Order Auto Switch

–0.018
(66) (122)
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 8 0
–0.022 M8 x 1.0 49 — 105
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 10–0.022
0
M10 x 1.0 50 — 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. ∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 21 14.4 67 123
26
Series CJ2W

Foot (L)

CJ2WL6 – Stroke
 Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

øD
Rod end nut A F GA View E GA F NN
NN
øC MM MM
B –0.3
0

0
B –0.3 A
LT

LT
X Y T NA NA T Y X
View E H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2WL Bore size – Stroke Z


Rod end nut  Mounting nut
View E
Cover surface NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA F NN
MM MM

øC
øD

øD

−0.3
0
LY
LB

B
LH

0
B−0.3
LT

LT
LX
LZ A F A View E
4 x øLC X Y NA NA Y X
Mounting hole H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

With air cushion: CJ2WL Bore size – Stroke AZ

 Mounting nut
WA WA
Rod end nut

Cover surface 45°


GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA
øC

−0.3
0
LB

0
B−0.3
NA NA View E
S + Stroke View E
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NN S T X Y Z
61 117
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0
(66)
3 5 7
(122)
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 M8 x 1.0 49 — 5 7 105
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 6 9 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. * ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA LB NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 16.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 23 21 14.4 67 123
27
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2W

Flange (F)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2WF6 – Stroke  Mounting nut Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Rod end nut

øNDh8
Cover surface NN GA View E GA NN

CJ2W
Standard
MM MM øC

øD

B –0.3
FY
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


FT

CJ2
0
FX 2 x øFC A F T NA NA T F A B–0.3
FZ Mounting hole H S + Stroke H + Stroke
View E
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
CJ2WF Bore size – Stroke Z

Non-rotating Rod
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Cover surface NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA NN
MM MM

øC
øD

øD

B−0.3
FY
FB

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
FT
A F NA NA F A 0
B−0.3
FX 2 x øFC
Mounting hole H S + Stroke H + Stroke
FZ
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2ZW
With air cushion: CJ2WF Bore size – Stroke AZ

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
 Mounting nut
WA WA
Rod end nut
GA GA
Double Acting, Single Rod
Cover surface Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 45° Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
øC

B−0.3
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2RK

NA NA 0
B−0.3
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NN S T Z
61 117
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0 3
Made to Order Auto Switch

(66) (122)
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 M8 x 1.0 49 — 105
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 106

With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above. * ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Bore size B C GA FB NA WA S Z
10 15 17 7.5 14.5 21 14.4 66 122
16 18.3 20 7.5 19 21 14.4 67 123
28
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2 RoHS

ø6
How to Order
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model
Suffix the symbol “-B” (Band mounting style) to
the end of part number for cylinder with auto
Action switch.

Cylinder standard stroke (mm) S Single acting, Spring return Example Band mounting CDJ2B6-45S-B
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 31. T Single acting, Spring extend
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch mounting
brackets.

CJ2 L 6 45 S R
With auto switch CDJ2 L 6 45 S R M9BW C
With auto switch Made to Order
(Built-in magnet) Refer to page 31 for details.
Auto switch
Mounting * For applicable auto switches,
B Basic refer to the table below. Auto switch mounting bracket Note)
Note) This symbol is indicated when the D-A9l
L Single foot  If a built-in magnet cylinder
without an auto switch is or M9l type auto switch is specified.
F Rod flange required, refer to the model of This mounting bracket does not apply to
built-in magnet cylinder. other auto switches (D-C7l and H7l,
etc.) (Nil)
Bore size Head cover port location
6 6 mm Number of auto switches
R Axial Nil 2 pcs.
S 1 pc.
* ø6 is available only as in-line style. n “n” pcs.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired


Type Special function 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load
entry (Output) DC AC Perpendicular In-line connector
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
(2-color indication) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
5V — A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
Relay,
No 2-wire 100 V or less A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit
24 V 12 V PLC
Yes — — C73C V — V V V — —
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C V — V V V — IC circuit
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM * For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
A 29
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2 RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke (mm) Action

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 31. S Single acting, Spring return

CJ2
T Single acting, Spring extend

CJ2 B 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2 B 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting Pivot bracket

CJ2K
B Basic Nil None Made to Order
E Double-side bossed Bore size Refer to page 31 for details.
Pivot bracket is shipped together
D Double clevis 10 10 mm N with the product, but not assembled.
L Single foot 16 16 mm Auto switch Auto switch mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
* Only for CJ2D (double clevis)
M Double foot * F or applicable auto A Rail mounting
* Pivot bracket is shipped together with

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
∗ Foot/Flange brackets are switches, refer to the
F Rod flange shipped together with the
the product, but not assembled.
table below. B Band mounting
G Head flange product, but not assembled.  I f a b u i l t - i n m a g n e t * For rail mounting, screws and nuts
Rod end bracket cylinder without an auto for 2 auto switches come with the
Head cover port location Nil None switch is required, refer rail.
V Single knuckle joint to the model of built-in * Refer to page 103 for auto switch

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular magnet cylinder. mounting brackets.
Nil W Double knuckle joint
to axis T Rod end cap (Flat type)
Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type)
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with Nil 2 pcs.
R Axial
the product, but not assembled. S 1 pc.
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with
n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
∗ For double clevis, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis. the single knuckle joint.
∗ For double-side bossed, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
∗ Not applicable to single acting, spring extend (T). * Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 31.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
(2-color indication) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v —


CJ2RK

v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil
(Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
(Example) M9NWM
1 m·················· M None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
30 A
Series CJ2

Spring extend Specifications


Bore size (mm) 6 10 16
Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Spring return Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Symbol Minimum operating Spring return 0.2 MPa 0.15 MPa
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend, pressure Spring extend 0.25 MPa 0.15 MPa
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Made to Order
Allowable kinetic energy 0.012 J 0.035 J 0.090 J
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.)
Symbol Specifications
-XAl Change of rod end shape Standard Strokes Spring Reaction Force
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
(mm)
-XC51 With hose nipple
Bore size Standard stroke Spring reaction force (N)
Bore size
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment (mm)
6 15, 30, 45, 60 Primary Secondary
-X446 PTFE grease
10 15, 30, 45, 60 6 1.77 3.72
-X773* Short pitch mounting/Single acting, spring return
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 10 3.53 6.86
* ø6 only 16 100, 125, 150 16 6.86 14.2

Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with * Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm Spring with primary Spring with secondary
auto switches. intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.) mounting load mounting load
* Please consult with SMC for strokes which IN OUT
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection exceed the standard stroke length.
at stroke end) and its mounting height * Applicable strokes should be confirmed according
to the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Model Selection” on front matter pages of the When the spring is set When the spring is
• Operating range Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB catalog. In in the cylinder contracted by applying air
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no. addition, the products that exceed the standard
stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications
due to the deflection etc.
Precautions
Mounting Brackets/Part No.
Refer to page 117 before handling.

Bore size (mm)


Mounting bracket
6 10 16
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Foot CJ-L006B CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F006B CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
T-bracket* — CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
Cylinder model: CDJ2D16-45SZ-NW-M9BW-B * T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Double clevis

Auto switch Theoretical Output


Band mounting
Refer to the “Single acting, Spring return cylinder” in Theoretical Output 1 of Technical data
3 in Best Pneumatics No. 2. In the case of the spring extend type, the force at OUT side will
be the ending force of the spring return, and that at the IN side will be the amount of the IN
side force of the double acting type cylinder from which the beginning force of the spring
return has been subtracted.

Pivot bracket
Moisture
Control Tube
Double knuckle joint
Series IDK
When operating an actuator with a small diameter
Mounting D: Double clevis and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew
Pivot bracket N: Yes
condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
piping depending on the conditions.
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc-
* Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are curring. For details, refer to Series IDK in the
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. WEB catalog.

31
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Mounting and Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
V…Mounted on the product. v…Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Double* Double clevis
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut V V V — —
Standard

CJ2W
Standard
Rod end nut V V V V V
Clevis pin — — — V V
Single knuckle joint v v v v v
Double knuckle joint*
Option

v v v v v

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v v v

CJ2
T-bracket — — — v V
* A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Weights

Non-rotating Rod
Spring Return (g) Spring Extend (g)
Bore size (mm) 6 10 16 Bore size (mm) 6 10 16

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Double Double Double
Head- Head- Head- Head-
Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis
Mounting Basic Basic side Basic side Mounting Basic Basic side Basic side
piping (including piping (including piping (including piping (including
bossed bossed bossed bossed
clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin)
15 stroke 11 28 28 29 28 62 62 69 64 15 stroke 17 28 28 30 29 63 63 71 67

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
30 stroke 16 35 35 35 35 77 77 84 79 30 stroke 21 34 34 36 35 77 77 85 80

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
45 stroke 18 44 44 45 45 95 95 102 97 45 stroke 23 42 42 44 43 93 93 100 96
Basic weight

Basic weight

60 stroke 23 54 54 55 54 113 113 119 115 60 stroke 27 51 51 52 51 109 109 116 112
75 stroke 134 134 141 136 75 stroke 129 129 137 133
100 stroke 167 167 174 169 100 stroke 159 159 166 162

CJ2ZW
125 stroke 204 204 212 206 125 stroke 193 193 201 196
150 stroke 227 227 234 229 150 stroke 213 213 221 217
Single foot 8 8 25 Single foot 8 8 25
bracket weight

bracket weight
Mounting

Mounting

Double foot — 16 50 Double foot — 16 50


Rod flange 5 5 13 Rod flange 5 5 13

CJ2R
Head flange — 5 13 Head flange — 5 13

Direct Mount
Single knuckle joint — 17 23 Single knuckle joint — 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
— 25 21 — 25 21
(including knuckle pin) (including knuckle pin)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Accessories

Accessories

CJ2R
Rod end cap Rod end cap
1 1 2 1 1 2
(Flat type) (Flat type)
Rod end cap Rod end cap
1 1 2 1 1 2
(Round type) (Round type)

Double Acting, Single Rod


T-bracket — 32 50 T-bracket — 32 50 Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight. ∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Note) M
 ounting nut is not attached to the double clevis, Note) Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis,
so the mounting nut weight is already subtracted. so the mounting nut weight is already subtracted.
Calculation: Calculation:
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Example) CJ2L10-45SZ Example) CJ2L10-45TZ


CJ2RK

OBasic weight························ 44 (ø10-45 stroke) OBasic weight························ 42 (ø10-45 stroke)


OMounting bracket weight······ 8 (Single foot) OMounting bracket weight······ 8 (Single foot)
44 + 8 = 52 g 42 + 8 = 50 g
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

32
Series CJ2

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return

!6 !5 r !3 e !4 o y !0 t !2 i !1 w

!3 i e !0 u !1 w
!7

CJ2l6 Piston/Head cover CDJ2B10/16-lSZ-B

Single acting, Spring extend

!6 r !5 !8 !1 oy !0 t !2 i !3 !4 e w

!5 !8 !1 i u !0 !4 !3 e
!7

CJ2l6 Piston/Rod cover CDJ2B10/16-lTZ-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1A Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 10 Piston seal NBR
1B Seal retainer Aluminum alloy Anodized (ø6 only) 11 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 12 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 13 Return spring Piano wire Zinc chromated
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 14 Spring seat Aluminum alloy
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy ø10, ø16 15 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy ø10, ø16 16 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
7 Piston Brass ø6 17 Magnet —
8 Bumper A Urethane 18 Rod seal NBR
9 Bumper B Urethane
* The spring seat for ø6 is made of brass.
33
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2B6 – Stroke SR
CJ2B Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

CJ2W
Standard
øNDh8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Y GB

Double Acting, Single Rod


Section Y detail
 Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8 Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2K
NN

Non-rotating Rod
øC

MM
øD
B−0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
0 Rod end nut Head cover port location
B−0.3 A F NA NB Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke * The overall cylinder length does not change.
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2ZW
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 15 8 9 3 8 — 28 M3 x 0.5 3 7 6–0.018
0
M6 x 1.0 — — — — — — — —
(39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5) (67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 8 0
–0.022 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 10 0
–0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

CJ2R
Single Acting, Spring Return: Double-side Bossed (E)

Direct Mount
CJ2E Bore size – Stroke SZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
øNDh8

øNDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK

Y GB
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Piping port M5 x 0.8 YY


CJ2RK

Section Y detail NN
 Mounting nut
NN
MM
øC

øD

Section YY detail
B−0.3
0

With End Lock

CBJ2

0
B−0.3 Rod end nut
A F NA NB F
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 8−0.022
0
M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 10−0.022
0
M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166
34
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2D Bore size – Stroke SZ
+0.030
Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB øCDH9 0
−0.030
MM Rod end nut GB Clevis pin (øcdd9−0.060)

øC
øC

øD

CZ−0.3
B−0.3

0
0

0 A NA CX+0.2
B−0.3 +0.1
H S + Stroke U 0
CZ −0.3
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

(mm)
S
Bore size A B C CD CX CZ D GB H MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 18 20 M4 x 0.7 4.8 22.5 5 8 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 23 20 M5 x 0.8 4.8 27.5 8 10 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 78.5 86 98 110 — — — —
16 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 83.5 92 104 116 122 146 164 176
* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.

Single Acting, Spring Return: Single Foot (L)


CJ2L6 – Stroke SR
CJ2L Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z
NN
Cover surface A F  Mounting nut GB Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM

øC
øD

B−0.3
0
LY
LB
LH

Rod end nut 0


LT

LX NA NB B−0.3
LZ X Y
H S + Stroke
2 x øLC Z + Stroke
Mounting hole
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 15 8 9 3 8 — 28 13 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 3 7 M6 x 1.0 — — — — 5 7 — — — —
(39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5) (67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 5 7 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch
35
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Foot (M)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2M Bore size – Stroke SZ
H
NN

CJ2W
Standard
Cover surface A F  Mounting nut GB F Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM  Mounting nut

øD
LY
LB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


LH

CJ2
LT

LT
LX Rod end nut NA NB
LZ X Y Y X
S + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


4 x øLC

CJ2K
Mounting hole LS + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2K
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
LS
Bore
A D F GB H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 15 4 8 5 28 15 4.5 9 59.5 67 79 91 — — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
16 15 5 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 63.5 72 84 96 102 126 144 156 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2ZW
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 5 7 85.5 93 105 117 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 88.5 97 109 121 127 151 169 181

Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Flange (F)

CJ2R
CJ2F6 – Stroke SR

Direct Mount
CJ2F Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


GB

CJ2R
Cover surface NN  Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM
øC
øD

B−0.3
FY
FB

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

FX
Rod end nut FT 0
B−0.3 CJ2RK
FZ 2 x øFC A F NA NB
Mounting hole H S + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8


With End Lock

CBJ2

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20. * The overall cylinder length does not change.
(mm)
Made to Order Auto Switch

S Z
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FXFYFZGB H MM NA NB
5 to NN 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
34.5 43.5 47.5 61.5 62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5
6 15 8 9 3 8 11 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 — 28 M3 x 0.5 3 7 M6 x 1.0 — — — — — — — —
(39.5) (48.5) (52.5) (66.5) (67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch
36
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Return: Head Flange (G)


CJ2G Bore size – Stroke SZ

GB
Piping port M5 x 0.8 Cover surface
NN  Mounting nut
MM
øC

øD
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

0 A F NA NB FT FX 2 x øFC
B−0.3
Mounting hole
H S + Stroke F FZ
Rod end nut
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H MM NA NB NN
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M8 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 81.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174

37
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2B6 – Stroke T

øNDh8
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

CJ2W
Standard
MM NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

øC

ø9
øD
B –0.3

8 –0.3
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0
8 –0.3

CJ2
0
B –0.3 A F T NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
CJ2B Bore size – Stroke TZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


øNDh8

CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
 Mounting nut
Y
Section Y
Rod end nut NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8
detail
MM

CJ2ZW
øC

øD
B−0.3
0

0
B−0.3

CJ2R
A F NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke

Direct Mount
Z + 2 x Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
S Z
Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NB NDh8 NN T 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to

Double Acting, Single Rod


15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 6 0
–0.018 M6 x 1.0 3
(51.5) (78.5)
— — — — — — — —
(60.5) (64.5) (79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 8 0
–0.022 M8 x 1.0 — 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 10–0.022
0
M10 x 1.0 — 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

38
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double-side Bossed (E)


CJ2E Bore size – Stroke TZ

øNDh8
øNDh8

Section Y detail
Rod end nut  Mounting nut Y GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 YY Section YY
MM NN NN detail
øC

øD
B−0.3
0

0
B−0.3 A F NA NB F
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 8−0.022
0
M8 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 10−0.022
0
M10 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2D Bore size – Stroke TZ
+0.030
øCDH9 0
−0.030
Clevis pin (øcdd9−0.060)
Rod end nut GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB
MM
øC
øC

øD

CZ−0.3
B−0.3

0
0

0 A NA CX+0.2
B−0.3 +0.1
H + Stroke S + Stroke U 0
CZ −0.3
Z + 2 x Stroke R
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


(mm)
S
Bore size A B C CD CX CZ D GA H MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 3.3 3.2 12 4 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 17.8 5 8 48.5 56 68 80 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 22.8 8 10 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 89.5 97 109 121 — — — —
16 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 94.5 103 115 127 133 157 175 187
39
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Single Foot (L)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2L6 – Stroke T
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Cover surface MM NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2W
Standard
øC ø9

øD

B–0.3

8 –0.3
LY

0
LB
LH

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


LT
0 0

CJ2
LX A NB B–0.3 8 –0.3
LZ X Y T NA
2 x øLC H + Stroke S + Stroke Rod cover side Head cover side
Mounting hole Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2K
CJ2L Bore size – Stroke TZ
 Mounting nut
Cover surface Rod end nut NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
MM

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
øC
øD

B−0.3
0
LY
LB
LH

CJ2ZW
0
B−0.3
LT

LX A NA NB
LZ X Y
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2R
2 x øLC

Direct Mount
Mounting hole

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN T 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5 74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5


6
CJ2RK

15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3 — — — — 5 7 — — — —


(51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5) (79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 — 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 5 7 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 — 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

40
Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Foot (M)


CJ2M Bore size – Stroke TZ
H + Stroke
Cover surface  Mounting nut F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 F  Mounting nut
MM Rod end nut NN

øD
LY
LB
LH

LT

LT
LX A NA NB
LZ X Y Y X
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
4 x øLC
Mounting hole

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
LS
Bore
A D F GA H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 62.5 70 82 94 — — — — 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0
16 15 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 66.5 75 87 99 105 129 147 159 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 5 7 88.5 96 108 120 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 91.5 100 112 124 130 154 172 184

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Head Flange (G)


CJ2G Bore size – Stroke TZ

Rod end nut NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut Cover surface
MM
øC

øD
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

0 2 x øFC
B−0.3 FX
A FT Mounting hole
F NA NB F FZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NB
5 to NN 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

41
Air Cylinder: Standard Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Flange (F)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2F6 – Stroke T
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

Cover surface MM NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

CJ2W
Standard
øC ø9

øD

B–0.3

8 –0.3
FY
FB

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
0 0
FX A FT NB B–0.3 8–0.3
FZ 2 x øFC F T NA
Mounting hole H + Stroke S + Stroke Rod cover side Head cover side
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2F Bore size – Stroke TZ

CJ2K
 Mounting nut
Cover surface
Rod end nut NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM

øC

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
øD

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
B−0.3
FY
FB

0
A FT NB 0
FX B−0.3
F NA

CJ2ZW
FZ 2 x øFC
Mounting hole H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

CJ2R
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)

Direct Mount
S Z
Bore
A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NB NN T 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


46.5 55.5 59.5 73.5

CJ2R
74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3 — — — —
(79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)
— — — —
(51.5) (60.5) (64.5) (78.5)
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M8 x 1.0 — 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0 — 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
* ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

42
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2K RoHS

ø10, ø16
How to Order
Bore size Cylinder standard stroke (mm)
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 44.
10 10 mm
16 16 mm

CJ2K B 16 60 Z
With auto switch CDJ2K B 16 60 Z M9BW B
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)
Mounting Pivot bracket
B Basic Made to Order
Nil None Refer to page 44 for details.
E Double-side bossed Pivot bracket is shipped together
D Double clevis N with the product, but not assembled. Auto switch Auto switch mounting type
L Single foot * For applicable auto
∗ Foot/Flange brackets
* Only for CJ2D (double clevis) A Rail mounting
M Double foot * Pivot bracket is shipped together with switches, refer to
are shipped together the table below. B Band mounting
F Rod flange with the product, but
the product, but not assembled.
* For rail mounting, screws and nuts
G Head flange not assembled. Rod end bracket  I f a built-in magnet
for 2 auto switches come with the
cylinder without an auto
rail.
Head cover port location Nil None switch is required, refer
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch
V Single knuckle joint to the model of built-in
mounting brackets.
magnet cylinder.
Perpendicular W Double knuckle joint
Nil T
to axis Rod end cap (Flat type) Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type) Nil 2 pcs.
R Axial
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not S 1 pc.
assembled.
*A  knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint.
n “n” pcs.
* For double clevis, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
* For double-side bossed, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis. * Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 44.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
(2-color indication) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil
(Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
(Example) M9NWM
1 m·················· M None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* T he D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
A 43
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Specifications

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
A cylinder which rod does not
Bore size (mm) 10 16
rotate because of the hexagonal
Action Double acting, Single rod
rod shape. Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa

CJ2W
Standard
Non-rotating accuracy
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Can operate without
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
lubrication. Ambient and fluid temperature
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
(No freezing)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Cushion Rubber bumper

CJ2
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°

Double Acting, Single Rod


Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

CJ2K
Symbol Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Non-rotating Rod
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper

Standard Strokes

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
(mm)
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke
Made to Order 10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Symbol Specifications
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
-XAl Change of rod end shape * Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
-XC3 Special port location * Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the

CJ2ZW
-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC22 Fluororubber seal
-XC51 With hose nipple
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Mounting and Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.
-X446 PTFE grease
V…Mounted on the product. v…Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

CJ2R
Precautions Mounting Basic Foot Flange
Double∗ Double clevis

Direct Mount
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut V V V — —
Standard

Refer to page 117 before handling.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Rod end nut V V V V V

CJ2R
Clevis pin — — — V V
Single knuckle joint v v v v v
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Double knuckle joint*
Option

v v v v v
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v v v

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
T-bracket — — — v V
Cylinder model: CDJ2KD16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B * A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Double clevis

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Double knuckle joint


Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket
10 16
With End Lock

Foot CJ-L016C CJK-L016C


CBJ2

Flange CJ-F016C CJK-F016C


Pivot bracket
T-bracket* CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
Auto switch
Band mounting * T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Made to Order Auto Switch

Mounting D: Double clevis


Pivot bracket N: Yes
Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
* Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are • Operating range
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

44
Series CJ2K

Weights
(g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16
Basic 25 47
Basic weight
Axial piping 25 47
(When the stroke
Double clevis (including clevis pin) 27 55
is zero)
Head-side bossed 29 50
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single foot 8 25
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50
weight Rod flange 5 13
Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
(including knuckle pin)
Accessories
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
T-bracket 32 50
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Note) Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2KL10-45Z
¡Basic weight······················· 25 (ø10)
¡Additional weight················ 4/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke··················· 45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight···· 8 (Single foot)
25 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 45 g

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

!3 !2 i q !0 e r y o t !1 u w
!4

Rod section
CDJ2KB10/16-Z-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 8 Rod seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Tube gasket NBR
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Wear ring Resin
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 12 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 13 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
7 Bumper Urethane 14 Magnet —

45
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KB Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

øNDh8

CJ2W
Standard
 Mounting nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Y

CJ2
Section Y detail NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Rod end nut
A

B
øC

øC

Double Acting, Single Rod


BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

CJ2K
KA

Non-rotating Rod
MM
0 0
BA−0.3 A F NA NB BB−0.3
Rod section
H S + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Z + Stroke

CJ2K
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Head cover port location
Axial location (R)

CJ2ZW
* The overall cylinder length does not change.

 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)
Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN S Z
0
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 46 74
0
16

CJ2R
15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 47 75

Direct Mount
Double-side Bossed (E)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
CJ2KE Bore size – Stroke Z
øNDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
øNDh8

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Section Y detail Y YY Section YY detail


 Mounting nut
GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
NN
Rod end nut NN
øC

With End Lock

CBJ2
B−0.3
0

KA

MM
0
B−0.3 NB
Rod section A F NA
Made to Order Auto Switch

H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)
Bore size A B C F GA GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN S Z
0
10 15 15 17 8 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 46 82
0
16 15 18.3 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 47 83
46
Series CJ2K

Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD Bore size – Stroke Z

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NB øCDH9


+0.030
0
Rod end nut GA −0.030
Clevis pin (øcdd9−0.060)
GB
MM B
A

øC
øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

0 A NA CX+0.2
+0.1
BA−0.3 0
Rod section H S + Stroke U BB −0.3

Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


(mm)
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD(cd) CX GA GB H KA MM NA NB R S U Z ZZ
10 15 15 12 17 14 3.3 3.2 8 18 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 22.5 5 46 8 82 87
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 8 23 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 27.5 8 47 10 85 93

Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

View E
F GA  Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Cover surface NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
MM
A

B
øC

øC
BA−0.3

−0.3
0

0
LY
LB

BB
LH

KA

0 0
BA−0.3 BB−0.3
LT

LX
Rod section
LZ A
View E
X Y NA NB
2 x øLC
H S + Stroke
Mounting hole
Z + Stroke

Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.

 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)
Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S X Y Z
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 6 9 74
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 6 9 75

47
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2K

Double Foot (M)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KM Bore size – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
H  Mounting nut
Rod end nut F GA
Cover surface NN GB F  Mounting nut
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
MM

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


NN

CJ2
LY
LB
LH

KA

LX

Double Acting, Single Rod


LT

LT
Rod section

CJ2K
LZ A

Non-rotating Rod
X Y NA NB Y X
4 x øLC
S + Stroke
Mounting hole
LS + Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Z + Stroke

CJ2K
 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Bore size A F GA GB H KA LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN S X Y Z

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15 8 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 64 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 6 9 89
16 15 8 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 65 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 6 9 90

CJ2ZW
Rod Flange (F)
CJ2KF Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

CJ2R
View E

Direct Mount
 Mounting nut
Cover surface NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
Rod end nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


A

B
øC

øC

CJ2R
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
FY
FB

KA

MM

Double Acting, Single Rod


0
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
FX BA−0.3 0
BB−0.3

CJ2RK
2 x øFC FT
FZ Rod section
Mounting hole View E A F NA NB
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Piping port M5 x 0.8


With End Lock

CBJ2

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
Made to Order Auto Switch

 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)
Bore size A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H KA MM NA NB NN S Z
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 74
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 75

48
Series CJ2K

Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG Bore size – Stroke Z

NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB  Mounting nut Cover surface


Rod end nut NN
øC
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

KA

MM
B0 A F NA NB FT FX
−0.3 2 x øFC
Rod section H S + Stroke F FZ
Mounting
Z + Stroke hole

 Refer to page 20 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016C for ø10, SNKJ-016C for ø16)
(mm)
Bore size A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H KA MM NA NB NN S Z
10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 9.5 M10 x 1.0 46 82
16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.5 M12 x 1.0 47 83

49
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2K RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke (mm) Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 51. S

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Single acting, Spring return
T Single acting, Spring extend

CJ2
CJ2K B 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2K B 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting

CJ2K
Pivot bracket Made to Order
B Basic Bore size Nil None Refer to page 51 for details.
E Double-side bossed 10 10 mm Pivot bracket is shipped together
D Double clevis N Auto switch
16 16 mm with the product, but not assembled.
mounting type
L Single foot Auto switch

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
∗ Foot/Flange brackets * Only for CJ2D (double clevis) * For applicable auto
M Double foot A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
* Pivot bracket is shipped together with

Built-in Speed Controller


are shipped together switches, refer to
F Rod flange with the product, but the product, but not assembled. the table below. B Band mounting
G Head flange not assembled.
Rod end bracket  I f a built-in magnet ∗ For rail mounting, screws and
Head cover port location Nil None
cylinder without an auto nuts for 2 auto switches come
switch is required, refer with the rail.
V Single knuckle joint ∗ Refer to page 103 for auto

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular to the model of built-in
Nil W Double knuckle joint magnet cylinder. switch mounting brackets.
to axis
T Rod end cap (Flat type)
Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type)
R Axial Nil 2 pcs.
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not
assembled. S 1 pc.
∗ For double clevis, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis. * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
∗ F or double-side bossed, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
∗N  ot applicable to single acting, spring extend (T). * Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 51.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v —


CJ2RK

v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
(Example) M9NWM
1 m·················· M None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
50 A
Series CJ2K

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size (mm) 10 16
rod shape. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Non-rotating accuracy Proof pressure 1 MPa
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1° Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Can operate without Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
lubrication. Ambient and fluid temperature
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
(No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Spring
extend Cushion Rubber bumper (standard equipment)
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Spring return Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,
Standard Strokes Spring Reaction Force
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper (mm)
Bore size Standard stroke Bore size Spring reaction force (N)
(mm) Primary Secondary
10 15, 30, 45, 60
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 10 3.53 6.86
16 6.86 14.2
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm
intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.) Spring with primary Spring with secondary
Made to Order * P lease consult with SMC for strokes which mounting load mounting load
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) exceed the standard stroke length.
IN OUT
* A pplicable strokes should be confirmed
Symbol Specifications
according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XAl Change of rod end shape Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter
-XC51 With hose nipple pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the When the spring is set When the spring is
WEB catalog. In addition, the products that in the cylinder contracted by applying air
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
exceed the standard stroke might not be able to
-X446 PTFE grease fulfill the specifications due to the deflection etc.

Precautions Mounting and Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.


V…Mounted on the product. v…Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Refer to page 117 before handling. Double* Double clevis
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Mounting nut V V V — —
Standard

Rod end nut V V V V V


Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Clevis pin — — — V V
Single knuckle joint v v v v v
Double knuckle joint*
Option

v v v v v
Cylinder model: CDJ2KD16-45SZ-NW-M9BW-B Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v v v
T-bracket — — — v V
Double clevis
* A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Auto switch
Band mounting Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Bore size (mm)


Mounting bracket
10 16
Foot CJ-L016C CJK-L016C
Pivot bracket Flange CJ-F016C CJK-F016C
T-bracket* CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
Double knuckle joint
* T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Mounting D: Double clevis
Pivot bracket N: Yes
Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
* Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are • Operating range
shipped together with the product, but not assembled. • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

51
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Weights

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Spring Return (g) Spring Extend (g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16 Bore size (mm) 10 16
Double Double Double Double
Head- Head- Head- Head-
Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis Axial clevis

CJ2W
Standard
Mounting Basic side Basic side Mounting Basic side Basic side
piping (including piping (including piping (including piping (including
bossed bossed bossed bossed
clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin) clevis pin)
15 stroke 30 30 30 31 64 64 70 66 15 stroke 29 29 31 31 64 64 72 69
30 stroke 38 38 38 39 79 79 86 81 30 stroke 35 35 37 38 79 79 86 83

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


45 stroke 48 48 48 49 97 97 104 99 45 stroke 44 44 46 46 95 95 103 99
Basic weight

Basic weight

CJ2
60 stroke 58 58 58 59 116 116 122 118 60 stroke 52 52 54 55 111 111 119 115
75 stroke 138 138 144 140 75 stroke 133 133 140 137
100 stroke 171 171 178 173 100 stroke 163 163 170 167

Double Acting, Single Rod


125 stroke 209 209 215 211 125 stroke 198 198 206 202

CJ2K
150 stroke 232 232 238 234 150 stroke 219 219 227 223

Non-rotating Rod
Single foot 8 25 Single foot 8 25
bracket weight

bracket weight
Mounting

Mounting
Double foot 16 50 Double foot 16 50
Rod flange 5 13 Rod flange 5 13

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Head flange 5 13 Head flange 5 13

CJ2K
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
(including knuckle pin) (including knuckle pin)
Accessories

Accessories

Rod end cap Rod end cap

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
1 2 1 2
(Flat type) (Flat type)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Rod end cap Rod end cap
1 2 1 2
(Round type) (Round type)
T-bracket 32 50 T-bracket 32 50
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight. ∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.

CJ2ZW
Note) Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double Note) Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double
clevis. clevis.
Calculation: Calculation:
Example) CJ2KL10-45SZ Example) CJ2KL10-45TZ
OBasic weight························ 48 (ø10) OBasic weight························ 44 (ø10)
OCylinder stroke····················· 45 stroke OCylinder stroke····················· 45 stroke

CJ2R
OMounting bracket weight······ 8 (Single foot) OMounting bracket weight······ 8 (Single foot)
48 + 8 = 56 g 44 + 8 = 52 g

Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

52
Series CJ2K

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return
!4 !3 r q !1 e !2 u y i t !0 o w
!5

Rod section
CDJ2KB10/16-SZ-B

Single acting, Spring extend

!4 r !3 !6 q o u y i t !0 !1 !2 e w
!5

Rod section
CDJ2BK10/16-TZ-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 10 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Return spring Piano wire Zinc chromated
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Spring seat Aluminum alloy
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 13 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 14 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
7 Bumper Urethane 15 Magnet —
8 Piston seal NBR 16 Rod seal NBR

53
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KB Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Piping port M5 x 0.8

øNDh8

CJ2W
Standard
Head cover port location

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Axial location (R)

CJ2
* The overall cylinder length does not change.

GB
Section Y detail
Y  Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod end nut
NN B
A

øC

CJ2K
øC

MM

Non-rotating Rod
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0
BA−0.3

CJ2K
0
Rod section A F NA NB BB−0.3
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2ZW
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 0
5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 0
5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double-side Bossed (E)

CJ2R
CJ2KE Bore size – Stroke SZ

Direct Mount
øNDh8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


øNDh8

CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Section Y detail Y GB YY Section YY detail
Rod end nut NN NN
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

 Mounting nut Piping port M5 x 0.8


CJ2RK

MM
A

B
øC

øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

With End Lock

CBJ2

0 0
BA−0.3 BB−0.3
Rod section A F NA NB F
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 15 15 17 17 8 0
5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 0
5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

54
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD Bore size – Stroke SZ
+0.030
Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB øCDH9−0
−0.030
MM GB Clevis pin (øcdd9−0.060)
Rod end nut
B
A

øC
øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

0
A NA CX+0.2
+0.1
BA−0.3
Rod section H S + Stroke U BB 0
−0.3
Z + Stroke R
ZZ + Stroke

* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


(mm)
S
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD CX GB H KA MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 12 12 14 14 3.3 3.2 18 20 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 22.5 5 8 45.5 53 65 77 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 23 20 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 27.5 8 10 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 78.5 86 98 110 — — — —
16 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 83.5 92 104 116 122 146 164 176

Single Acting, Spring Return: Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

View E GB
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
Cover F Piping port M5 x 0.8
surface NN
B
A

MM øC
øC
−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
LY
LB

BA
LH

KA

0
BA−0.3 0
LT

LX Rod section NB BB−0.3


LZ A
View E
2 x øLC X Y NA
Mounting hole H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)

Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
size

10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 6 9 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

55
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Foot (M)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KM Bore size – Stroke SZ
H GB F
Rod end nut  Mounting nut  Mounting nut
F

CJ2W
NN

Standard
Cover surface Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM

LY
LB
LH

KA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
LT

LT
LX NB
Rod section A
LZ
X Y NA Y X
4 x øLC

Double Acting, Single Rod


Mounting hole S + Stroke

CJ2K
LS + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
LS
Bore
A F GB H LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ KA MM NA NB NN
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 8 5 28 21.5 5.5 14 63.5 71 83 95 — — — — 2.3 33 25 42 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0
16 15 8 5 28 23 5.5 14 63.5 72 84 96 102 126 144 156 2.3 33 25 42 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 6 9 88.5 96 108 120 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 6 9 88.5 97 109 121 127 151 169 181

CJ2ZW
Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Flange (F)

CJ2R
CJ2KF Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

Direct Mount
GB
Rod end nut View E  Mounting nut
Piping port M5 x 0.8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Cover surface

CJ2R
MM NN B
A

øC
øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
FY
FB

KA

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
2 x øFC FT 0
0
BA−0.3 NB BB−0.3
Mounting hole Rod section A F NA
FX
View E H S + Stroke
FZ
Z + Stroke
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

Piping port M5 x 0.8


With End Lock

CBJ2

Head cover port location


Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length does not change.
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
Made to Order Auto Switch

S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H KA MM NA NB 5 to NN 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

56
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Return: Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG Bore size – Stroke SZ

GB Piping port M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut
Cover surface
NN  Mounting nut
MM
øC
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

KA

0
B−0.3 A F NA NB FT FX 2 x øFC
Rod section H S + Stroke F FZ Mounting
hole
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)

Bore
A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H KA MM NA NB NN
size

10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 4.8 9.5 M10 x 1.0


16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 4.8 9.5 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 81.5 89 101 113 — — — —
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 81.5 90 102 114 120 144 162 174

57
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KB Bore size – Stroke TZ

øNDh8

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail
NN Y
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


MM Rod end nut
A

CJ2K
øC

øC

Non-rotating Rod
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0 0
BA−0.3 BB−0.3
Rod section A F NA NB

CJ2K
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

Built-in Speed Controller


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —

CJ2ZW
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 12−0.022 M12 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double-side Bossed (E)

CJ2R
CJ2KE Bore size – Stroke TZ

Direct Mount
øNDh8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
øNDh8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
 Mounting nut
Section Y detail Y Section YY detail
NN YY
GA
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Piping port M5 x 0.8


CJ2RK

MM Rod end nut NN


A

B
øC

øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
KA

With End Lock

0
BB−0.3
CBJ2

0
BA−0.3
Rod section A F NA NB F
H + Stroke S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
S Z
Bore
A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA MM NA NB NDh8 NN 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
size
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
0
10 15 15 15 17 17 8 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 12−0.027 M12 x 1.0 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

58
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis (D)


CJ2KD Bore size – Stroke TZ +0.030
øCDH9 0
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8 NB Clevis pin (øcdd9−0.060)
−0.030
Rod end nut
MM
A
øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0
0

KA

A NA CX+0.2

B
+0.1

øC
0
BA−0.3 H + Stroke S + Stroke U BB 0
Rod section −0.3
Z + 2 x Stroke R
ZZ + 2 x Stroke

* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.


(mm)
S
Bore size A BA BB CA CB CD CX GA H KA MM NA NB R U 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
(cd) 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 15 15 12 17 14 3.3 3.2 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 17.8 5 8 48.5 56 68 80 — — — —
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 5 6.5 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 22.8 8 10 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141

Z ZZ
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 89.5 97 109 121 — — — —
16 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 94.5 103 115 127 133 157 175 187

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Single Foot (L)


CJ2KL Bore size – Stroke TZ
View E  Mounting nut

NN F GA Piping port M5 x 0.8


Cover surface Rod end nut
MM
A

B
øC

øC
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
LY
LB
LH

KA

0 0
BA−0.3 BB−0.3
Rod
LT

LX
LZ section A X Y NA NB
H + Stroke S + Stroke
View E
2 x øLC Z + 2 x Stroke
Mounting hole

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)

Bore size A BA BB CA CB F GA H KA LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 8 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 8 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size X Y
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 6 9 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

59
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Foot (M)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2KM Bore size – Stroke TZ

H + Stroke  Mounting nut

CJ2W
Standard
NN F GA
Cover surface Piping port M5 x 0.8 F  Mounting nut
MM Rod end nut

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


LY
LB

CJ2
LH

KA

LX

LT

LT
LZ
Rod section A X Y NA NB Y X

Double Acting, Single Rod


4 x øLC S + Stroke

CJ2K
Mounting hole LS + Stroke

Non-rotating Rod
Z + 2 x Stroke

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.
(mm)
LS
Bore size A F GA H KA LB LC LH 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15 8 8 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 66.5 74 86 98 — — — — 2.3 33 25 42 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 8 8 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 66.5 75 87 99 105 129 147 159 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to X Y 5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to

CJ2ZW
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st 15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 6 9 91.5 99 111 123 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 6 9 91.5 100 112 124 130 154 172 184

CJ2R
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Flange (F)

Direct Mount
CJ2KF Bore size – Stroke TZ

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
 Mounting nut
View E
NN GA
Cover surface Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM Rod end nut B
A

øC
øC

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
BA−0.3

BB−0.3
0

0
FY
FB

KA

2 x øFC 0
BA−0.3 FT
FX Rod
0
BB−0.3
Mounting A F NA NB
FZ section
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

hole
CJ2RK

View E H + Stroke S + Stroke


Z + 2 x Stroke
With End Lock

CBJ2

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)

Bore size A BA BB CA CB F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H KA MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
Made to Order Auto Switch

16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

60
Series CJ2K

Single Acting, Spring Extend: Head Flange (G)


CJ2KG Bore size – Stroke TZ

NN GA Piping port M5 x 0.8  Mounting nut Cover surface


MM Rod end nut
øC
B−0.3

FY
FB
0

KA

0 2 x øFC
B−0.3 FT
Rod section FX Mounting
A F NA NB hole
FZ
H + Stroke S + Stroke F
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)

Bore size A B C F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H KA MM NA NB NN
10 15 15 17 8 17.5 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7 12.5 4.8 M10 x 1.0
16 15 18.3 20 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8 12.5 4.8 M12 x 1.0

S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —
16 48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 84.5 93 105 117 123 147 165 177

61
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2Z RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Bore size Cylinder standard stroke (mm)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 63.
10 10 mm

CJ2
16 16 mm

CJ2Z B 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2Z B 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting

CJ2K
Pivot bracket
B Basic Made to Order
Nil None Refer to page 63 for details.
E Double-side bossed
Pivot bracket is shipped together
D Double clevis N with the product, but not assembled.
L Single foot Auto switch Auto switch mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
* Only for CJ2D (double clevis) * For applicable auto
M Double foot ∗ Foot/Flange brackets A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
* Pivot bracket is shipped together with

Built-in Speed Controller


are shipped together switches, refer to
F Rod flange the product, but not assembled. the table below.
B Band mounting
with the product, but
G Head flange not assembled. * For rail mounting, screws and nuts
Rod end bracket  I f a built-in magnet for 2 auto switches come with the
cylinder without an auto
Head cover port location Nil None switch is required, refer
rail.
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch
V Single knuckle joint to the model of built-in

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular mounting brackets.
Nil to axis
W Double knuckle joint magnet cylinder.
T Rod end cap (Flat type) Number of auto switches
U Rod end cap (Round type)
Nil 2 pcs.
R Axial * Rod end bracket is shipped together with the product, but not S 1 pc.
assembled.
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
* ‌For double clevis, the product is perpendicular to the cylinder axis.
* For double-side bossed, the product is perpendicular to
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 63.
the cylinder axis.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load

CJ2R
entry (Output) DC AC connector
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
2-wire 12 V —

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
(2-color indication) PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v


CJ2RK

(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
A72 A72H
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — V — V — — —

A93V*2 A93V*2
CBJ2

—— 100 V A93 A93 V V V V — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil
(Example) M9NW 5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
(Example) M9NWM
1 m·················· M None··············· N (Example) H7CN
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
* Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
* For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
62 A
Series CJ2Z

Specifications
Space-saving air cylinder with
Bore size (mm) 10 16
speed controller built-in cylinder
Action Double acting, Single rod
cover Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Speed controller Built-in
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
* Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Made to Order Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
specifications due to the deflection etc.
Symbol Specifications
-XAl Change of rod end shape
-XC51 With hose nipple Mounting and Accessories/For details, refer to page 20.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
V…Mounted on the product. v…Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
-X446 PTFE grease
Double* Double clevis
Mounting Basic Foot Flange
clevis (including T-bracket)
Precautions Mounting nut V V V — —
Standard

Rod end nut V V V V V


Clevis pin — — — V V
Refer to page 117 before handling. Single knuckle joint v v v v v
Double knuckle joint*
Option

v v v v v
Rod end cap (Flat/Round type) v v v v v
T-bracket — — — v V
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly * A pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.

Cylinder model: CDJ2ZD16-60Z-NW-M9BW-B


Double clevis
Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Bore size (mm)


Mounting bracket
10 16
Double knuckle joint
Foot CJ-L010C CJ-L016C
Flange CJ-F010C CJ-F016C
T-bracket* CJ-T010C CJ-T016C
* T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).
Pivot bracket
Auto switch
Band mounting
Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.

Mounting D: Double clevis • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Pivot bracket N: Yes • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
• Operating range
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

* Pivot bracket, double knuckle joint and auto switch are


shipped together with the product, but not assembled.

63
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Weights

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
(g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16
Basic 36 61
Basic weight
Axial piping 36 61
(When the stroke
Double clevis (including clevis pin) 40 68

CJ2W
Standard
is zero)
Head-side bossed 37 63
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single foot 8 25
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


weight Rod flange 5 13

CJ2
Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
(including knuckle pin)
Accessories

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2

CJ2K
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
T-bracket 32 50

Non-rotating Rod
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Note) Mounting nut is not included in the basic weight for the double clevis.
Calculation:

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Example) CJ2ZL10-45Z

CJ2K
¡Basic weight······················· 36 (ø10)
¡Additional weight················ 4/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke··················· 45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight···· 8 (Single foot)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
36 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 56 g

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2ZW
!1 r !0 !3 q !4 !6 e i y !2 t !8 u @0 !5 !9 w !7 o @1

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
CDJZ2B10/16-Z-B

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 12 Piston seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 13 Rod seal NBR
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 14 Check seal A NBR


4 Piston rod Stainless steel 15 Check seal B NBR
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 16 Tube gasket NBR
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 17 Needle seal NBR
7 Bumper A Urethane 18 Wear ring Resin
With End Lock

8 Bumper B Urethane 19 Check seal sleeve Aluminum alloy


CBJ2

9 Speed controller needle Carbon steel Electroless nickel plating 20 Retaining ring Carbon tool steel Phosphate coating
10 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated 21 Magnet —
11 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
Made to Order Auto Switch

64
Series CJ2Z

Basic (B)
CJ2ZB Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z
øNDh8

WA WB

 Mounting nut
Section Y detail Y
Rod end nut
WW GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB Piping port M5 x 0.8
° NN
MM
øC

øC
øD

B−0.3
B−0.3

0
0

0
B−0.3
A F NA NB
0
B−0.3 Head cover port location
H S + Stroke Axial location (R)
* The overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN WA WB WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 91
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 92

Double-side Bossed (E)


CJ2ZE Bore size – Stroke Z
øNDh8

øNDh8

Section Y detail WA WB
Y  Mounting nut
Rod end nut
GA YY Section YY detail
WW GB
øNDh8

NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


° NN
MM
øC

øD
B−0.3
0

0
B−0.3 A F NA NB
H S + Stroke F
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN WA WB WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 99
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 100

65
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Double Clevis (D)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2ZD Bore size – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
WA WB
Rod end nut øCDH9
+0.030
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


–0.030
NB Clevis pin (øCdd9 –0.060)
WW GA

CJ2
° Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB
MM
øC
øC

øD

CZ−0.3
B−0.3

0
0

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
0
B−0.3 A NA

Non-rotating Rod
H S + Stroke U CX+0.2
+0.1
0
Z + Stroke R CZ−0.3

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


ZZ + Stroke

CJ2K
* A clevis pin and retaining rings are included.
(mm)
Bore size A B C CD CX CZ D GA GB H MM NA NB R U WA WB WW S Z ZZ

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 15 15 17 3.3 3.2 15 4 7.5 19.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 31 5 8 14.4 26.5 45 63 99 104

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
16 15 18.3 20 5 6.5 18.3 5 7.5 24.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 36 8 10 14.4 31.5 45 64 102 110

Single Foot (L)

CJ2ZW
CJ2ZL Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
WA WB
Rod end nut
 Mounting nut
MM NN F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GB °
Cover surface
WW Piping port M5 x 0.8

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
øC

CJ2RK
øD

B−0.3
0
LY
LB
LH

0
B−0.3
Head cover port location
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
LT

CJ2RK

LX Axial location (R)


A
LZ * The overall cylinder length
X Y NA NB
does not change.
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
With End Lock

2 x øLC
CBJ2

Mounting hole
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 5 7 91
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 6 9 92

66
Series CJ2Z

Double Foot (M)


CJ2ZM Bore size – Stroke Z

WA WB
Rod end nut  Mounting nut
 Mounting nut
NN F GA
GB F NN °
Cover surface A Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 WW
MM

øC
øD

B−0.3
0
LY
LB
LH

0
B−0.3
LT

LT
LX
LZ X Y NA NB Y X
H S + Stroke
4 x øLC LS + Stroke
Mounting hole
Z + Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA GB H LB LC LH LS LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 6.5 28 15 4.5 9 77 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 5 7 103
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 6.5 28 23 5.5 14 82 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 6 9 107

Rod Flange (F)


CJ2ZF Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

 Mounting nut
WA WB
Rod end nut

GA GB °
Cover surface MM
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 WW Piping port M5 x 0.8
NN
øC
øD

B−0.3
FY
FB

FT 0
B−0.3
2 x øFC Head cover port location
Mounting hole A F NA NB
FX Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke
FZ * The overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke does not change.

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 91
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 92

67
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2Z

Head Flange (G)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2ZG Bore size – Stroke Z

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2
WA WB
Rod end nut  Mounting nut

WW GA GB NN Cover surface
° NN Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
MM

Double Acting, Single Rod


øC

CJ2K
øD
B−0.3

Non-rotating Rod
FY
FB
0

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


0
B−0.3 A F NA NB FT FX

CJ2K
H S + Stroke F FZ 2 x øFC
Z + Stroke Mounting hole

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
(mm)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA GB H MM NA NB NN WA WB WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 6.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 18 M8 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 63 99
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 6.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 18 M10 x 1.0 14.4 13.5 45 64 100

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

68
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod

Series CJ2ZW RoHS

ø10, ø16
How to Order

CJ2ZW B 16 60 Z
With auto switch CDJ2ZW L 16 60 Z M9BW B
With auto switch (Built-in magnet)
Mounting Made to Order
B Basic Refer to page 70 for details.
L Foot
F Flange Auto switch
∗ Foot/Flange brackets are mounting type
shipped together with the
product, but not assembled. A Rail mounting
Bore size B Band mounting
* For rail mounting, screws and nuts
10 10 mm for 2 auto switches come with the
16 16 mm rail.
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch
mounting brackets.
Cylinder standard stroke (mm)
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 70.
Number of auto switches
Auto switch Nil 2 pcs.
Nil Without auto switch S 1 pc.
* For applicable auto switches, n “n” pcs.
refer to the table below.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable


Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
— 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —
Grommet —
—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
∗ Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for details.
∗ For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
∗ Solid state auto switches marked with “v” are produced upon receipt of order.
∗ The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
A 69
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2ZW

Specifications

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Space-saving air cylinder with
Bore size (mm) 10 16
speed controller built-in cylinder
Action Double acting, Single rod
cover
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.1 MPa

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance

Double Acting, Single Rod


0

CJ2K
Speed controller Built-in

Non-rotating Rod
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Standard Strokes
Symbol (mm)
Double acting, Double rod, Rubber bumper
Bore size Standard stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
* Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.

CJ2ZW
* Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
specifications due to the deflection etc.
Made to Order
(For details, refer to pages 107 and 116.)

CJ2R
Symbol Specifications
Mounting and Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.
-XAl Change of rod end shape

Direct Mount
-XC51 With hose nipple V…Mounted on the product. v…Please order separately.
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Mounting Basic Foot Flange
-X446 PTFE grease

CJ2R
Mounting nut V V V
Standard
Rod end nut V V V

Precautions Single knuckle joint v v v


Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Option
Double knuckle joint* v v v
Refer to page 117 before handling. * A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Mounting Brackets/Part No.


CJ2RK

Bore size (mm)


Mounting bracket
10 16
With End Lock

Foot CJ-L010C CJ-L016C


CBJ2

Flange CJ-F010C CJ-F016C

Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.


Made to Order Auto Switch

• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

70
Series CJ2ZW

Weights
(g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16
Basic weight
Basic 36 61
(When the stroke is zero)
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4.5 7.5
Mounting bracket Double foot 16 50
weight Head flange 5 13
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
* Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2ZWL10-45Z
¡Basic weight······················36 (ø10)
¡Additional weight···············4.5/15 stroke
¡Cylinder stroke···················45 stroke
¡Mounting bracket weight····16 (Double foot)
36 + 4.5/15 x 45 + 16 = 65.5 g

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

o e i !1 q !2 !3 w y t !0 r !4 u

!5

CDJ2ZWB10/16-Z-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
2 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Piston seal NBR
3 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Rod seal NBR
4 Piston A Aluminum alloy 12 Check seal NBR
5 Piston B Aluminum alloy 13 Tube gasket NBR
6 Bumper Urethane 14 Needle seal NBR
7 Speed controller needle Carbon steel Electroless nickel plating 15 Magnet —
8 Mounting nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated

71
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type
Double Acting, Double Rod Series CJ2ZW

Basic (B)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2ZWB Bore size – Stroke Z
øNDh8

CJ2W
Standard
WA WA

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Rod end nut
Y  Mounting nut
WW NN GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
GA NN MM
°
Section Y detail MM
øC

Double Acting, Single Rod


øD

øD

CJ2K
B−0.3
0

Non-rotating Rod
0
B−0.3
A F NA NA F A

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


H S + Stroke H + Stroke

CJ2K
Z + 2 x Stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.

CJ2Z
(mm)

Built-in Speed Controller


Bore size A B C D F GA H MM NA NDh8 NN WA WW S Z
0
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 8−0.022 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 122
0
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 10−0.022 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 123

CJ2ZW
Foot (L)

CJ2R
CJ2ZWL Bore size – Stroke Z

Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
WA WA

 Mounting nut
Cover surface
F GA Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 GA F NN MM °
Rod end nut WW
NN
MM
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
øC

CJ2RK
øD

øD

−0.3
0
LY
LB

B
LT
LH

0
B−0.3
With End Lock
LT

LX
CBJ2

LZ A
X Y NA NA Y X A
4 x øLC H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Mounting hole Z + 2 x Stroke
Made to Order Auto Switch

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ NN NA NN WA WW S X Y Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 7.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 21 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 5 7 122
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 7.5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 21 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 6 9 123
72
Series CJ2ZW

Flange (F)
CJ2ZWF Bore size – Stroke Z

WA WA

 Mounting nut
Rod end nut GA GA °
Cover surface MM NN
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 NN WW
MM

øC
øD

øD

B−0.3
FY
FB

0
0
2 x øFC FT B−0.3
FX Mounting A F NA NA F A
hole
FZ H S + Stroke H + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke

 For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 20.


(mm)
Bore size A B C D F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H MM NA NN WA WW S Z
10 15 15 17 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 7.5 28 M4 x 0.7 21 M8 x 1.0 14.4 45 66 122
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 7.5 28 M5 x 0.8 21 M10 x 1.0 14.4 45 67 123

73
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2R RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

Cylinder standard stroke (mm)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 75.

CJ2
CJ2RA 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RA 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
With auto switch

CJ2K
(Built-in magnet)
Mounting Auto switch Made to Order
* For applicable auto switches, Refer to page 75 for details.
A Bottom mounting style refer to the table below.
 If a built-in magnet cylinder without
Auto switch mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
an auto switch is required, refer to
Bore size A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
the model of built-in magnet cylinder.

Built-in Speed Controller


10 10 mm B Band mounting
16 16 mm Rod end bracket * For rail mounting, screws and nuts for
Nil None 2 auto switches come with the rail.
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch
Head cover port location V Single knuckle joint mounting brackets.

CJ2ZW
W Double knuckle joint
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type)
Nil to axis U Rod end cap (Round type) Number of auto switches
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with Nil 2 pcs.
the product, but not assembled.
R Axial * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with
S 1 pc.
n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
the single knuckle joint.

* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 75.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

CJ2R
Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V, 12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
Double Acting, Single Rod
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V, 12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Grommet 3-wire (NPN) v v V v — v


CJ2RK

Water resistant 5 V, 12 V IC circuit


3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
With End Lock

Yes
A72 A72H
CBJ2

Grommet 200 V — — — V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Made to Order Auto Switch

Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —


∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL *F  or details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* T he D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
74 A
Series CJ2R

Specifications
The CJ2R direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size (mm) 10 16
Action Double acting, Single rod
the use of a square rod cover.
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke Maximum manufacturable stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150 400
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 400
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order * Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
Symbol Specifications
specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XAl Change of rod end shape
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
-XC22 Fluororubber seal Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.
-XC51 With hose nipple
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment
Standard Rod end nut
-X446 PTFE grease
Option** Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint*, Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)

Precautions
* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
** Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

Refer to page 117 before handling.

Weights
(g)
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly Bore size (mm) 10 16
Basic weight Basic 36 61
(When the stroke is zero) Axial piping 36 61
Cylinder model: CDJ2RA16-60Z-W-M9BW-B Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Double knuckle joint Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2RA10-45Z
OBasic weight············ 36 (ø10)
OAdditional weight····· 4/15 stroke
OCylinder stroke········· 45 stroke
Auto switch
36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g
Band mounting

Mounting A: Bottom mounting style


Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
* Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
together with the product, but not assembled. • Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

75
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2R

Clean Series

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
10-CJ2RA Bore size Stroke Head cover port location Z

Clean Series

CJ2W
Standard
Specifications
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which Action Double acting, Single rod
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Bore size (mm) 10, 16
outside of clean room by relief port and making an

CJ2
actuator’s rod section having a double seal construction. Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.08 MPa
Cushion Rubber bumper

Double Acting, Single Rod


Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 75.)

CJ2K
For the detailed specifications, refer to the “Pneumatic Clean Series” Auto switch Mountable (Band mounting type)

Non-rotating Rod
(WEB catalog). Mounting Bottom mounting style

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10-CJ2RA (Clean Series) Construction (Not able to disassemble)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

76
Series CJ2R

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

!2 i q !0 e r y o t !1 u w

!3

CDJ2RA10/16-Z-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 8 Rod seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Tube gasket NBR
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Wear ring Resin
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 12 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet —
7 Bumper Urethane

Bottom Mounting Style

CJ2RA Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z


GA
Y
Rod end nut X Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8
GB
MM Piping port
øC
øD

B−0.3
LX

0
L

A NA NB
0
B−0.3 Head cover port location
LH 2 x øLD
Axial location (R)
LB H S + Stroke
* The overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke Head cover shape does not change.

(mm)
Bore size A B C D GA GB H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y S Z
10 15 12 14 4 16 5 20 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 9.5 28 8 54 74
16 15 18.3 20 5 16 5 20 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 9.5 28 8 55 75

77
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2R RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke (mm) Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 79. S Single acting, Spring return

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


T Single acting, Spring extend

CJ2
CJ2RA 16 45 S Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RA 16 45 S Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
With auto switch

CJ2K
Made to Order
(Built-in magnet)
Auto switch Refer to page 79 for details.
* For applicable auto switches, refer to
Mounting the table below.
Auto switch
A Bottom mounting style  If a built-in magnet cylinder without
mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
an auto switch is required, refer to
Bore size the model of built-in magnet cylinder. A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 10 mm B Band mounting
Rod end bracket
16 16 mm * For rail mounting, screws and nuts for
Nil None
2 auto switches come with the rail.
V Single knuckle joint
Head cover port location * Refer to page 103 for auto switch
W Double knuckle joint mounting brackets.

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type)
Nil to axis U Rod end cap (Round type) Number of auto switches
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with Nil 2 pcs.
the product, but not assembled. S 1 pc.
R Axial * A knuckle joint pin is not provided with
the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
* Not applicable to single acting,
spring extend (T). * Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 79.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable

CJ2R
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


2-wire 12 V — Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Water resistant
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v —
CJ2RK

v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —



CBJ2

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL *F  or details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
78 A
Series CJ2R

Specifications
The CJ2R direct mount cylinder
can be installed directly through Bore size (mm) 10 16
the use of a square rod cover. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0

Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s


Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J
Symbol
Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper Standard Strokes
(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
Made to Order ∗ Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) ∗ Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
∗ Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air Cylinders
Symbol Specifications Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB catalog. In addition,
-XAl Change of rod end shape the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications due to the
-XC51 With hose nipple deflection etc.

-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment


-X446 PTFE grease
Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.

Precautions Standard Rod end nut


Option** Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint*, Rod end cap (Flat type, Round type)
Refer to page 117 before handling.
* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
** Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly


Spring Reaction Force
Cylinder model: CDJ2RA16-45SZ-W-M9BW-B
Bore size Spring reaction force (N)
Auto switch (mm) Primary Secondary
Band mounting
10 3.53 6.86
16 6.86 14.2

Spring with primary Spring with secondary


mounting load mounting load
IN OUT

When the spring is set When the spring is


in the cylinder contracted by applying air
Double knuckle joint

Mounting A: Bottom mounting style Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
* Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
together with the product, but not assembled.

79
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2R

Weights

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Spring Return (g) Spring Extend (g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16 Bore size (mm) 10 16
Mounting Basic Axial Basic Axial Mounting Basic Basic
15 stroke 42 42 81 81 15 stroke 41 78

CJ2W
Standard
30 stroke 49 49 97 97 30 stroke 47 92
45 stroke 59 59 114 114 45 stroke 55 108
Basic 60 stroke 68 68 132 132 Basic 60 stroke 64 123
weight 75 stroke 154 154 weight 75 stroke 144
100 stroke 187 187 100 stroke 173

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


125 stroke 224 224 125 stroke 208

CJ2
150 stroke 246 246 150 stroke 228
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin) Accessories (including knuckle pin)

Double Acting, Single Rod


Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2

CJ2K
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2

Non-rotating Rod
* Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Construction (Not able to disassemble)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2RA-SZ

CJ2Z
!3 r q!1 e !2 y i t !0 u o w

Built-in Speed Controller


!4

CJ2ZW
CDJ2RA10/16-SZ-B

CJ2R
CJ2RA-TZ

Direct Mount
!3 r !5 q o y i t !0 u !1 !2 e w !4

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
CDJ2RA10/16-TZ-B

Component Parts
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note


1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 10 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Return spring Piano wire Zinc chromated
With End Lock

4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Spring seat Aluminum alloy


CBJ2

5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 13 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 14 Magnet —
7 Bumper Urethane 15 Rod seal NBR
8 Piston seal NBR
Made to Order Auto Switch

80
Series CJ2R

Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style


Spring return: CJ2RA Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

X
Rod end nut Piping port M5 x 0.8
Y Piping port
Breather hole GB
MM

øC
øD

B−0.3
LX

0
L

0 Head cover port location


2 x øLD A NA NB B−0.3
LH Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke ∗ The overall cylinder length
LB
Z + Stroke Head cover shape does not change.

(mm)
Bore size A B C D GB H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 4 5 20 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 12.8 9.5 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 5 20 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 12.8 9.5 28 8

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return (mm)


S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —
16 53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

Spring extend: CJ2RA Bore size – Stroke TZ

X + Stroke
Rod end nut GA
Y Piping port M5 x 0.8
MM Breather hole øC
øD

B−0.3
LX

0
L

A NA NB
0
2 x øLD
B−0.3
LH H + Stroke S + Stroke
LB Z + 2 x Stroke
Head cover shape

(mm)
Bore size A B C D GA H L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 4 16 20 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 4.8 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 16 20 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 4.8 28 8

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (mm)


S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st 5 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st
10 56.5 64 76 88 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
16 56.5 65 77 89 95 119 137 149 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169

81
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod

Series CJ2RK RoHS

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
ø10, ø16

CJ2W
Standard
How to Order

Cylinder standard stroke (mm)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 83.

CJ2
CJ2RKA 16 60 Z

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
With auto switch CDJ2RKA 16 60 Z M9BW B

Non-rotating Rod
With auto switch

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


(Built-in magnet)
Mounting

CJ2K
Auto switch Made to Order
A Bottom mounting style Refer to page 83 for details.
* For applicable auto switches, refer to
the table below.
Bore size  If a built-in magnet cylinder without Auto switch
an auto switch is required, refer to mounting type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
10 10 mm the model of built-in magnet cylinder.
A Rail mounting

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
16 16 mm
B Band mounting
Rod end bracket
* For rail mounting, screws and
Nil None nuts for 2 auto switches come
Head cover port location V Single knuckle joint with the rail.
W Double knuckle joint * Refer to page 103 for auto

CJ2ZW
Perpendicular T Rod end cap (Flat type) switch mounting brackets.
Nil to axis
U Rod end cap (Round type) Number of auto switches
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with Nil 2 pcs.
R Axial the product, but not assembled.
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with S 1 pc.
the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.

CJ2R
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 83.

Direct Mount
Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Electrical Wiring Pre-wired Applicable
Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None

CJ2R
entry (Output) DC AC connector load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v

Double Acting, Single Rod


2-wire 12 V —
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v


CJ2RK

(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
A72 A72H
With End Lock

Grommet — 200 V — — V — V — — —

A93V*2 A93V*2
CBJ2

—— 100 V A93 A93 V V V V — —


No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
Made to Order Auto Switch

∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL *F  or details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* T he D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
82 A
Series CJ2RK

Specifications
A cylinder which rod does not
Bore size (mm) 10 16
rotate because of the hexagonal Action Double acting, Single rod
rod shape. Fluid Air
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Non-rotating accuracy Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1° Minimum operating pressure 0.06 MPa
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s
Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Symbol
Double acting, Single rod, Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes
(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Made to Order * Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) * Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
Symbol Specifications Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
-XAl Change of rod end shape
specifications due to the deflection etc.
-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type
-XC51 With hose nipple
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.
-X446 PTFE grease

Standard Rod end nut


Precautions Option** Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint*, Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)
* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
Refer to page 117 before handling. ** Can be ordered within the cylinder model.

Weights
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly
(g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16
Basic weight Basic 36 62
Cylinder model: CDJ2RKA16-60Z-W-M9BW-B
(When the stroke is zero) Axial piping 36 62
Additional weight per 15 mm of stroke 4 7
Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint
25 21
Double knuckle joint Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
∗ Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.
Calculation:
Example) CJ2RKA10-45Z
OBasic weight············ 36 (ø10)
Auto switch OAdditional weight····· 4/15 stroke
Band mounting OCylinder stroke········· 45 stroke
36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g

Mounting A: Bottom mounting style


Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs. Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting
• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
* Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped
together with the product, but not assembled. • Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

83
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Double Acting, Single Rod Series CJ2RK

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
!2 i q !0 e r u y o t !1 w
!3

CJ2W
Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
Rod section

CJ2
CDJ2RKA10/16-Z-B

Double Acting, Single Rod


Component Parts

CJ2K
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

Non-rotating Rod
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 8 Rod seal NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Piston seal NBR
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 10 Tube gasket NBR

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


4 Piston rod Stainless steel 11 Wear ring Resin

CJ2K
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 12 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet —
7 Bumper Urethane

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Bottom Mounting Style

CJ2ZW
CJ2RKA Bore size – Stroke Head cover port location Z

CJ2R
Rod end nut GA
Y GB
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

Direct Mount
MM

øC

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


B−0.3
LX

CJ2R
0
L

KA
0
LH 2 x øLD B−0.3
LB A NA NB
Rod section
Double Acting, Single Rod
Head cover shape Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
H S + Stroke
Z + Stroke

Piping port
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

Head cover port location


CBJ2

Axial location (R)


* The overall cylinder length does not change.

(mm)
Made to Order Auto Switch

Bore size A B C GA GB H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y S Z
10 15 12 14 16 5 20 4.2 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 9.5 28 8 54 74
16 15 18.3 20 16 5 20 5.2 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 9.5 28 8 55 75

84
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Series CJ2RK RoHS

ø10, ø16
How to Order
Cylinder standard stroke (mm) Action
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 86.
S Single acting, Spring return
T Single acting, Spring extend

CJ2RKA 16 45 S Z
With auto switch CDJ2RKA 16 45 S Z M9BW B
With auto switch Made to Order
(Built-in magnet) Refer to page 86 for
Mounting details.
Auto switch
A Bottom mounting style * For applicable auto switches, refer to Auto switch
the table below.
mounting type
 If a built-in magnet cylinder without
Bore size an auto switch is required, refer to A Rail mounting
10 10 mm the model of built-in magnet cylinder. B Band mounting
16 16 mm Rod end bracket * For rail mounting, screws
and nuts for 2 auto switches
Nil None come with the rail.
Head cover port location V Single knuckle joint * Refer to page 103 for auto
W Double knuckle joint switch mounting brackets.
Perpendicular
Nil T Rod end cap (Flat type)
to axis Number of
U Rod end cap (Round type) auto switches
* Rod end bracket is shipped together with Nil 2 pcs.
R Axial the product, but not assembled.
* A knuckle joint pin is not provided with S 1 pc.
the single knuckle joint. n “n” pcs.
* Not applicable to single acting,
spring extend (T).
* Refer to “Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly” on page 86.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Type Special function


Electrical Wiring
Band mounting Rail mounting Pre-wired Applicable
0.5 1 3 5 None connector
entry (Output) DC AC load
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch

——
M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
(2-color indication)
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —

—— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m·················· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for
1 m·················· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m·················· L (Example) M9NWL *F  or details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog
5 m·················· Z (Example) M9NWZ or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
None··············· N (Example) H7CN
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* T he D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (For band mounting, only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
A 85
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2RK

Specifications

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
A cylinder which rod does not
rotate because of the hexagonal Bore size (mm) 10 16
rod shape. Action Single acting, Spring return/Single acting, Spring extend
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Non-rotating accuracy Proof pressure 1 MPa
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1° Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Can operate without Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa
lubrication.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)
With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0

Double Acting, Single Rod


Stroke length tolerance 0

CJ2K
Rod non-rotating accuracy ±1.5° ±1°

Non-rotating Rod
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

Symbol Allowable kinetic energy 0.035 J 0.090 J

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Single acting, Spring return, Single acting, Spring extend,

CJ2K
Rubber bumper Rubber bumper
Standard Strokes
(mm)
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 15, 30, 45, 60

Made to Order 16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150
(For details, refer to pages 107 to 116.) * Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Symbol Specifications * Please consult with SMC for strokes which exceed the standard stroke length.

CJ2ZW
* Applicable strokes should be confirmed according to the usage. For details, refer to “Air
-XAl Change of rod end shape
Cylinders Model Selection” on front matter pages of the Best Pneumatics No. 2 or the WEB
-XC51 With hose nipple catalog. In addition, the products that exceed the standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the
-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment specifications due to the deflection etc.
-X446 PTFE grease

CJ2R
Accessories /For details, refer to page 20.
Precautions

Direct Mount
Standard Rod end nut
Refer to page 117 before handling.
Option** Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint*, Rod end cap (Flat/Round type)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
* A knuckle pin and retaining rings are shipped together with double knuckle joint.
** Can be ordered within the cylinder model.
Ordering Example of Cylinder Assembly

Double Acting, Single Rod


Spring Reaction Force Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod
Cylinder model: CDJ2RKA16-45SZ-W-M9BW-B
CJ2RK
Auto switch Bore size Spring reaction force (N)
Band mounting (mm) Primary Secondary
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

10 3.53 6.86
16 6.86 14.2

Spring with primary Spring with secondary


mounting load mounting load
With End Lock

IN OUT
CBJ2

Double knuckle joint When the spring is set When the spring is
in the cylinder contracted by applying air
Made to Order Auto Switch

Mounting A: Bottom mounting style


Rod end bracket W: Double knuckle joint
Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.
Auto switch D-M9BW: 2 pcs.
Auto switch mounting B: Band mounting • Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
* Double knuckle joint and auto switch are shipped • Operating range
together with the product, but not assembled.
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.

86
Series CJ2RK

Weights
Spring Return (g) Spring Extend (g)
Bore size (mm) 10 16 Bore size (mm) 10 16
Mounting Basic Axial Basic Axial Mounting Basic Basic

15 stroke 44 44 83 83 15 stroke 42 79
30 stroke 52 52 99 99 30 stroke 48 93
45 stroke 62 62 117 117 45 stroke 57 110
Basic 60 stroke 72 72 135 135 Basic 60 stroke 66 126
weight 75 stroke 157 157 weight 75 stroke 147
100 stroke 191 191 100 stroke 177
125 stroke 228 228 125 stroke 213
150 stroke 251 251 150 stroke 234
Single knuckle joint 17 23 Single knuckle joint 17 23
Double knuckle joint Double knuckle joint
25 21 25 21
Accessories (including knuckle pin) Accessories (including knuckle pin)
Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Flat type) 1 2
Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2 Rod end cap (Round type) 1 2
* Rod end nut is included in the basic weight.

Construction (Not able to disassemble)


Single acting, Spring return
!3 r q !1 e !2 u y i t !0 o w
!4

Rod section
CDJ2RKA10/16-SZ-B

Single acting,
!3 r !5 q o u y i t !0 !1 !2 e w !4
Spring extend

Rod section CDJ2RKA10/16-TZ-B

Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 9 Tube gasket NBR
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Clear hard anodized 10 Wear ring Resin
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 11 Return spring Piano wire Zinc chromated
4 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Spring seat Aluminum alloy
5 Piston A Aluminum alloy 13 Rod end nut Rolled steel Zinc chromated
6 Piston B Aluminum alloy 14 Magnet —
7 Bumper Urethane 15 Rod seal NBR
8 Piston seal NBR

87
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Series CJ2RK

Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Spring return: CJ2RK Bore size – Stroke S Head cover port location Z

X Piping port M5 x 0.8


Rod end nut Y GB

CJ2W
Standard
Breather hole Piping port
MM

øC
B−0.3
LX

0
L

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


KA

CJ2
LH 2 x LD
0
Head cover port location
B−0.3
A NA NB
LB Rod section Axial location (R)
H S + Stroke
Head cover shape ∗ T
 he overall cylinder length
Z + Stroke does not change.

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
(mm)
Bore size A B C GB H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y

Non-rotating Rod
10 15 12 14 5 20 4.2 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 12.8 9.5 28 8
16 15 18.3 20 5 20 5.2 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 12.8 9.5 28 8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return (mm)

CJ2K
S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150
10 53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
16 53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Spring extend: CJ2RK Bore size – Stroke TZ

CJ2ZW
X + Stroke
GA Piping port M5 x 0.8

Rod end nut Y


Breather hole

CJ2R
MM

øC

Direct Mount
B−0.3
LX

0
L

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


KA

CJ2R
A NA NB
LH 2 x LD 0
H + Stroke S + Stroke B−0.3
LB
Rod section Z + 2 x Stroke
Head cover shape
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
(mm)
Bore size A B C GA H KA L LB LD LH LX MM NA NB X Y
10 15 12 14 16 20 4.2 23 16 ø3.5 through, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4 8 12 M4 x 0.7 20.5 4.8 28 8
16
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

15 18.3 20 16 20 5.2 26 20 ø4.5 through, ø8 counterbore depth 5 10 16 M5 x 0.8 20.5 4.8 28 8


CJ2RK

Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.) (mm)
S Z
Bore size
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150
10 56.5 64 76 88 — — — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —
With End Lock

CBJ2

16 56.5 65 77 89 95 119 137 149 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169
Made to Order Auto Switch

88
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

Series CBJ2
ø16
How to Order

Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model


Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or
“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part
number for cylinder with auto switch.
Lock position
H Head end lock Rail mounting style CDBJ2B16-45-HN-A
Cylinder standard stroke (mm) Example
Refer to “Standard Strokes” on page 90. R Rod end lock Band mounting style CDBJ2B16-60-HN-B
* For rail mounting, screws and nuts for 2 auto
switches come with the rail.
* Refer to page 103 for auto switch mounting

CBJ2 L 16 60 H N brackets.

With auto switch CDBJ2 L 16 60 H N M9BW C


With auto switch Manual release Auto switch mounting bracket Note)
(Built-in magnet) Note) This symbol is indicated when
N Non-locking type the D-A9l or M9l type auto
switch is specified.
This mounting bracket does not
apply to other auto switches
Mounting Auto switch (D-C7l and H7l, etc.) (Nil)
* For applicable auto switches,
B Basic
refer to the table below.
L Axial foot Number of auto switches
 If a built-in magnet cylinder
F Rod flange without an auto switch is Nil 2 pcs.
D Double clevis Note) required, refer to the model S 1 pc.
of built-in magnet cylinder.
Note) Rod end lock only. n “n” pcs.

Applicable Auto Switches/Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for further information on auto switches.
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)
Indicator light

Electrical Wiring Pre-wired


Type Special function Band mounting Rail mounting 0.5 1 3 5 None Applicable load
entry (Output) DC AC connector
Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
3-wire (NPN) M9NV M9N M9NV M9N V V V v — v
5 V,12 V IC circuit
Grommet 3-wire (PNP) M9PV M9P M9PV M9P V V V v — v
Solid state auto switch


M9BV M9B M9BV M9B V V V v — v
2-wire 12 V —
Connector — H7C J79C — V — V V V —
3-wire (NPN) M9NWV M9NW M9NWV M9NW V V V v — v
Diagnostic indication 5 V,12 V IC circuit Relay,
(2-color indication)
Yes 3-wire (PNP) 24 V — M9PWV M9PW M9PWV M9PW V V V v — v
PLC
2-wire 12 V M9BWV M9BW M9BWV M9BW V V V v — v —
Grommet 3-wire (NPN) M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 M9NAV*1 M9NA*1 v v V v — v
Water resistant 5 V,12 V IC circuit
(2-color indication)
3-wire (PNP) M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 M9PAV*1 M9PA*1 v v V v — v
2-wire 12 V M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 M9BAV*1 M9BA*1 v v V v — v —
With diagnostic output (2-color indication) 4-wire (NPN) 5 V,12 V — H7NF — F79F V — V v — v IC circuit
3-wire
5V — A96V A96 A96V A96 V — V — — — IC circuit —
Reed auto switch

(NPN equivalent) —
Yes
Grommet — 200 V — — A72 A72H V — V — — —

— 100 V A93V*2 A93 A93V*2 A93 V V V V — —
No 100 V or less A90V A90 A90V A90 V — V — — — IC circuit Relay,
2-wire 12 V
Yes 24 V — — C73C A73C — V — V V V — — PLC
Connector
No 24 V or less — C80C A80C — V — V V V — IC circuit
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet Yes — — — — A79W — V — V — — — —
∗1 Water resistant type auto switches can be mounted on the above models, but in such case SMC cannot guarantee water resistance.
Please contact SMC regarding water resistant types with the above model numbers.
∗2 1 m type lead wire is only applicable to D-A93.
* Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m········· Nil (Example) M9NW * Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 104 for
1 m ········· M (Example) M9NWM details.
3 m ········· L (Example) M9NWL * For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to the WEB catalog
5 m ········· Z (Example) M9NWZ or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.
None········· N (Example) H7CN
* Solid state auto switches marked with “p” are produced upon receipt of order.
* The D-A9ll/M9lll/A7ll/A80l/F7ll/J7ll auto switches are shipped together, (but not assembled). (However, when the D-A9ll/M9lll types are selected,
only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled before being shipped.)
* When the D-A9ll/M9lll types are mounted on a rail, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page 103 for details.
A 89
Air Cylinder: With End Lock Series CBJ2

Specifications

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Series CJ2 air cylinder is
Bore size (mm) 16
equipped with end lock function.
Action Double acting, Single rod
Fluid Air

CJ2W
Standard
Proof pressure 1 MPa
Maximum operating pressure 0.7 MPa
Minimum operating pressure 0.15 MPa*
Without auto switch : –10°C to 70°C
Ambient and fluid temperature (No freezing)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


With auto switch : –10°C to 60°C

CJ2
Cushion Rubber bumper
Lubrication Not required (Non-lube)
+1.0
Stroke length tolerance 0
Piston speed 50 to 750 mm/s

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Allowable kinetic energy 0.090 J
* 0.06 MPa for parts other than the lock unit.

Non-rotating Rod
Symbol
Rubber bumper
Lock Specifications

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Lock position Head end, Rod end
Holding force (Max.) 98 N

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Lock release pressure 0.15 MPa or less

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Backlash 1 mm or less
Manual release Non-locking type

Standard Strokes

CJ2ZW
(mm)
Bore size Standard stroke
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
* Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Mounting Brackets/Part No.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Bore size (mm)
Mounting bracket
16
Foot CJ-L016B
Flange CJ-F016B

Double Acting, Single Rod


T-bracket* Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
CJ-T016B
* T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).

Refer to pages 97 to 104 for cylinders with auto switches.


Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK

• Auto switch proper mounting position (detection at stroke end) and its mounting height
• Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting
• Operating range
• Auto switch mounting brackets/Part no.
With End Lock

CBJ2

Moisture
Control Tube
Series IDK
Made to Order Auto Switch

When operating an actuator with a small diameter


and a short stroke at a high frequency, the dew
condensation (water droplet) may occur inside the
piping depending on the conditions.
Simply connecting the moisture control tube to the
actuator will prevent dew condensation from oc-
curring. For details, refer to Series IDK in the
WEB catalog.

90
Series CBJ2
Specific Product Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling. Please consult with SMC for products outside
these specifications.

Use Recommended Air Pressure Circuit. Operating Pressure

Caution Caution
• It is necessary for proper locking and unlocking. Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the
side that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for
W disengaging the lock.

Exhaust Air Speed

Caution
The lock will engage automatically if the air pressure at the port
on the side that has the lock mechanism becomes 0.05 MPa or
less. Be aware that if the piping on the side that has the lock
mechanism is narrow and long, or if the speed controller is
located far from the cylinder port, the exhaust air speed could
become slower, involving a longer time for the lock to engage.
W A similar result will ensure if the silencer that is installed on the
exhaust port of the solenoid valve becomes clogged.
With head end lock With rod end lock

Selection Lock Disengagement

Caution Warning
1. Do not use a 3 position solenoid valve. To disengage the lock, make sure to supply air pressure to the
Avoid using this cylinder in combination with a 3 position solenoid port on the side without a lock mechanism, thus preventing the
valve (particularly the closed center metal seal type). If air pressure load from being applied to the lock mechanism. (Refer to the
becomes sealed inside the port on the side that contains the lock recommended air pressure circuit.) If the lock is disengaged
mechanism, the lock will not engage. Even if the lock is engaged when the port on the side that does not contain a lock
at first, the air that leaks from the solenoid valve could enter the mechanism is in the exhausted state and the load is being
cylinder and cause the lock to disengage as time elapses. applied to the lock mechanism, undue force will be applied to
2. Back pressure is necessary for unlocking. the lock mechanism, and it may damage the lock mechanism.
Before starting, make sure that air is supplied to the side that Also, it could be extremely dangerous, because the piston rod
is not equipped with a lock mechanism as shown in the could move suddenly.
diagram above. Otherwise, the lock may not disengage.
(Refer to “Rock Disengagement”.)
3. Disengage the lock before installing or Manual Disengagement
adjusting the cylinder.
The lock could become damaged if the cylinder is installed Caution
with its lock engaged. Non-locking style manual release
4. Operate the cylinder at a load ratio of 50% or less. Insert the bolt, which is provided as an accessory part, through
The lock might not disengage or might become damaged if a the rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap).
load ratio of 50% is exceeded. Screw the bolt into the lock piston and pull the bolt to
5. Do not synchronize multiple cylinders. disengage the lock. Releasing the bolt will re-engage the lock.
The bolt size, pulling force, and the stroke are listed below.
Do not operate two or more end lock cylinders synchronized to
move a single workpiece because one of the cylinder locks
may not be able to disengage when required. Bore size Pulling force Stroke
Thread size
(mm) N (mm)
6. Operate the speed controller under meter- 16 M2.5 x 0.45 x 25L or more 4.9 2
out control. Bolt should be detached under normal operation,
If operated under meter-in control, the lock might not disengage. otherwise it may cause malfunction of the locking
7. On the side that has a lock, make sure to feature.
Rubber cap
operate at the stroke end of the cylinder.
The lock might not engage or disengage if the piston of the
cylinder has not reached the stroke end.
8. The position adjustment of the auto switch
should be performed at two positions; a po-
sition determined by the stroke and a posi-
tion after the backlash movement (by 1 mm).
When a 2-color indication switch is adjusted to show green at
the stroke end, the indication may turn red when the cylinder
returns by the backlash. This, however, is not an error.
91
Air Cylinder: With End Lock Series CBJ2

Construction (Not able to disassemble)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Head end lock
!3 !1

CJ2W
Standard
!5 !7 e !6 o !0
i
!2
!8

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


u

CJ2
w

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
@0 !9 t !4 y

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Rod end lock Built-in magnet

@1

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
CDBJ2B16

CJ2R
Component Parts

Direct Mount
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


1A Rod cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 11 Hexagon socket head cap screw Alloy steel Trivalent zinc chromated

CJ2R
1B Rod cover Stainless steel 12 Cap Aluminum alloy Black painting
2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Anodized 13 Rubber cap Synthetic rubber
3 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 14 Bumper Urethane
4A Piston Aluminum alloy Trivalent chromated 15 Rod seal NBR

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
4B Piston B Aluminum alloy Trivalent chromated 16 Piston seal NBR
5 Piston rod Carbon steel Heat treatment, Hard chrome plating 17 Tube gasket NBR
6 Locking piston Carbon steel Heat treatment, Hard chrome plating 18 Locking piston seal NBR
7 Locking bushing Copper alloy 19 Mounting nut Brass Nickel plating
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

8 Lock spring Spring steel Trivalent zinc chromated 20 Rod end nut Rolled steel Trivalent zinc chromated
CJ2RK

9 Bumper Urethane 21 Magnet — CDBJ2


10 Hexagon socket head cap screw Alloy steel Trivalent zinc chromated
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

92
Series CBJ2

Dimensions
Basic
With rod end lock: ClBJ2B16- -RN

14.5

ø10h8−0.022
5

0
M10 x 1 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

20 M5 x 0.8
ø
20.3

18.3−0.3
0

ø6
0
18.3−0.3 15 8 21 9.5
28 55.5 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke

With head end lock: ClBJ2B16- -HN

6
ø10h8−0.022
0

2 x M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


M5 x 0.8
0
ø2
19.8
18.3−0.3
0

ø5
ø5

0
18.3−0.3 15 8 12.5 12.5
28 50 + Stroke 8
86 + Stroke

93
Flange

33
42

42
33
Dimensions

19 19
20

2 x ø5.5
20

2 x ø5.5
Cover side (Rod side)
Cover side (Head side)

Mounting hole

Mounting hole
With rod end lock: ClBJ2F16-

With head end lock: ClBJ2F16-

M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
-RN

15
15

2 x M10 x 1
M10 x 1

-HN

28
28
ø5 ø6

8
8

2.3
2.3

12.5
14.5

21

86 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke

50 + Stroke
55.5 + Stroke

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8


Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

12.5
6
9.5

8
5
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

19.8

20.3
0

0
18.3−0.3

18.3−0.3
ø2

ø2
0

0
0 0
18.3−0.3 18.3−0.3

94
Cover outside diameter
Cover outside diameter
Series CBJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CBJ2

Dimensions
Axial foot
With rod end lock: ClBJ2L16- -RN

14.5
Cover side (Head side) M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 5

ø6
M5 x 0.8 0
ø2

20.3

18.3−0.3
0
25
23
14

2.3

33 6 9
0
42 15 21 9.5 18.3−0.3
28 55.5 + Stroke
83.5 + Stroke
2 x ø5.5
Mounting hole

With head end lock: ClBJ2L16- -HN

Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8 6


Cover side (Rod side) 2 x M10 x 1 8 8
ø5

M5 x 0.8 0
ø2
19.8

18.3−0.3
0
25
23
14

2.3

33 6 9
0
42 15 12.5 12.5 18.3−0.3
28 50 + Stroke 8
86 + Stroke
2 x ø5.5
Mounting hole

95
20.3

0
18.3−0.3
Dimensions

ø2
Double clevis

0
0
18.3−0.3

M5 x 0.8
With rod end lock: ClBJ2D16-

15
28
ø6
-RN

14.5

21

93.5 + Stroke
101.5 + Stroke
55.5 + Stroke
Piping port 2 x M5 x 0.8

10
27.5
23

8
Air Cylinder: With End Lock

ø5H9−0
+0.030

−0.030
Clevis pin (ø5d9−0.060)

0
18.3−0.3
ø2
0

6.5+0.1
+0.2

96
Series CBJ2

With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2
Auto Switch Mounting
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Solid state auto switch Reed auto switch
<Band mounting> <Band mounting>
D-M9
D-M9W D-A9
D-M9A
≈Hs Auto switch ≈Hs Auto switch
16.5

16.5
A 22 B A 24.5 B
(24) (22)

( ): Dimension of the D-M9A. ( ): Dimension of the D-A96.


A and B are the dimensions from the end of the A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch. head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

D-M9V D-A9V
D-M9MV
D-M9AV
≈Hs Auto switch ≈Hs Auto switch
16.5
16.5

A 20 B A 22 B
(22)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9AV. A and B are the dimensions from the end of the
A and B are the dimensions from the end of the head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.
head cover/rod cover to the end of the auto switch.

D-H7 D-C7/C80
D-H7W D-C73C/C80C
D-H7BA
D-H7NF
D-H7C
Auto switch Auto switch
16.5

≈Hs ≈Hs
16.5

A B A B

97
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
<Rail mounting> <Rail mounting>
D-M9 D-A9
D-M9W
D-M9A

CJ2W
Standard
Auto switch Auto switch
≈Hs

≈Hs

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


12.5 12.5 A 23.5 B 12.5 12.5 A 26 B

CJ2
(25.5) (23.5)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9A. ( ): Dimension of the D-A96.

D-M9V D-A9V

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-M9WV

CJ2K
D-M9AV Auto switch Auto switch

Non-rotating Rod
≈Hs

≈Hs

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
14.5 14.5 A 21.5 B 12.5 12.5 A 23.5 B
(23.5)
( ): Dimension of the D-M9AV.

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
D-F7/J79 D-A7/A80

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
D-F7W/J79W D-A73C/A80C
D-F79F/F7BA Auto switch D-A79W Auto switch

CJ2ZW
≈Hs
≈Hs

A B
A B

CJ2R
D-F7V/F7WV D-A7H/A80H

Direct Mount
D-F7BAV
D-J79C Auto switch

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Auto switch

CJ2R
≈Hs
≈Hs

A B
A B

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

98
Series CJ2

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Single acting type excluded) (mm)
Auto switch Band mounting
model
D-M9l D-H7l
D-M9lV D-C7l
D-M9lW D-A9l D-H7C D-C80
D-M9lWV D-A9lV D-H7NF
D-H7lW D-C73C
D-M9lA D-C80C
D-M9lAV D-H7BA

Bore size A B A B A B A B
5.5 (4.5) 5.5 (4.5) 1.5 (0.5) 1.5 (0.5) 1 1 2 2
6
[12] [4] [8] [0] (7.5) (0) (8.5) (0.5)
10 (5) 6 (5) 6 (1) 2 (1) 2 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5
16 (5.5) 6.5 (5.5) 6.5 (1.5) 2.5 (1.5) 2.5 2 2 3 3
* The values in ( ) are measured from the end of the auto switch mounting bracket.
* The values in [ ] for bore size ø6 are for the double rod type (Series CJ2W).
(mm)
Auto switch Rail mounting
model
D-F7l/J79
D-F7lW/J79W
D-M9l D-F7lV/F7lWV
D-M9lV
D-M9lW D-A9l D-F79F D-A7l
D-J79C D-F7NT D-A79W
D-M9lWV D-A9lV D-A80
D-M9lA D-F7BA
D-M9lAV D-F7BAV
D-A7lH/A80H
D-A73C/A80C
Bore size A B A B A B A B A B A B
6 — — — — — — — — — — — —
10 4.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 3.5 3.5 8.5 8.5 3 3 0.5 0.5
16 5 5 1 1 4 4 9 9 3.5 3.5 1 1
* Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating condition in the actual setting.

Auto Switch Mounting Height (mm)


Auto switch Band mounting
model
D-M9l D-M9lV D-H7l/H7lW
D-M9lW D-M9lWV D-H7NF D-C73C
D-H7C
D-M9lA D-M9lAV D-H7BA D-C80C
D-A9l D-A9lV D-C7l/C80
Bore size Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs
6 15 16 15 18 17.5
10 17 18 17 20 19.5
16 20.5 21 20.5 23.5 23

(mm)
Auto switch Rail mounting
model
D-M9l
D-M9lV
D-F7l/J79
D-M9lW
D-F7lW/J79W D-F7lV
D-M9lWV D-A7l D-A73C
D-F7BA/F79F D-F7lWV D-J79C D-A79W
D-M9lA D-A80 D-A80C
D-F7NT D-F7BAV
D-M9lAV
D-A7lH/A80H
D-A9l
D-A9lV
Bore size Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs Hs
6 — — — — — — —
10 17.5 17.5 20 23 16.5 23.5 19
16 21 20.5 23 26 19.5 26.5 22

99
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)


and Its Mounting Height/Single Acting, Spring Return Type (S)

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position: Spring Return Type (S)
· Standard Type (CDJ2lll-lSZ)
· Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2Klll-lSZ)

CJ2W
· Direct Mount Type (CDJ2Rlll-lSZ)

Standard
· Direct Mount, Non-Rotating Rod Type (CDJ2RKlll-lSZ) (mm)
Bore A dimensions
Auto switch model B
size 5 to 9 st 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-M9l 6 — 12 21 25 39 — — — — 5.5

CJ2
D-M9lW/M9lWV 10 — 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — — 6
D-M9lA/M9lAV 16 — 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105 6.5
6 12 12 21 25 39 — — — — 5.5

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-M9lV 10 13 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — — 6

CJ2K
16 12.5 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105 6.5

Non-rotating Rod
6 — 8 17 21 35 — — — — 1.5
Band mounting

D-A9l 10 — 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — — 2


16 — 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101 2.5

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


6 8 8 17 21 35 — — — — 1.5

CJ2K
D-A9lV 10 9 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — — 2
16 8.5 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101 2.5
D-H7l/H7C 6 — 7.5 16.5 20.5 34.5 — — — — 1
D-H7lW/H7BA 10 — 8.5 16 28 40 — — — — 1.5

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
D-H7NF

CJ2Z
16 — 8 16.5 28.5 40.5 46.5 70.5 88.5 100.5 2

Built-in Speed Controller


D-C7l/C80 6 — 8.5 17.5 21.5 35.5 — — — — 2
D-C73C 10 — 9.5 17 29 41 — — — — 2.5
D-C80C 16 — 9 17.5 29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5 3

CJ2ZW
D-M9l 10 — 11.5 19 31 43 — — — — 4.5
D-M9lW/M9lWV
D-M9lA/M9lAV 16 — 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5 5

10 11.5 11.5 19 31 43 — — — — 4.5


D-M9lV
16 11 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5 5
10 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5

CJ2R
D-A9l
16 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1

Direct Mount
10 7.5 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5
D-A9lV
16 7 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1
Rail mounting

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-F7l/F7lV 10 10.5 10.5 18 30 42 — — — — 3.5

CJ2R
D-J79/J79C
D-A7lH/A80H
D-A73C/A80C 16 10 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5 4

D-F7lW/J79W 10 — 10.5 18 30 42 — — — — 3.5

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-F7lWV/F79F Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
D-F7BA/F7BAV 16 — 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5 4

10 — 15.5 23 35 47 — — — — 8.5
D-F7NT
16 — 15 23.5 35.5 47.5 53.5 77.5 95.5 107.5 9
10 10 10 17.5 29.5 41.5 — — — — 3
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

D-A7l/A80
CJ2RK

16 9.5 9.5 18 30 42 48 72 90 102 3.5


10 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — — 0.5
D-A79W
16 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5 1
* In the actual setting, adjust them after confirming the auto switch performance.
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

100
Series CJ2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)
and Its Mounting Height/Single Acting, Spring Extend Type (T)
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position: Spring Extend Type (T)
· Standard Type (CDJ2lll-lTZ)
· Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2Klll-lTZ)
· Direct Mount Type (CDJ2Rlll-lTZ)
· Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type (CDJ2RKlll-lTZ) (mm)
Bore B dimensions
Auto switch model A
size 5 to 9 st 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st

D-M9l 6 5.5 — 12 21 25 39 — — — —
D-M9lW/M9lWV 10 6 — 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — —
D-M9lA/M9lAV 16 6.5 — 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105
6 5.5 12 12 21 25 39 — — — —
D-M9lV 10 6 13 13 20.5 32.5 44.5 — — — —
16 6.5 12.5 12.5 21 33 45 51 75 93 105
6 1.5 — 8 17 21 35 — — — —
Band mounting

D-A9l 10 2 — 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — —


16 2.5 — 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101
6 1.5 8 8 17 21 35 — — — —
D-A9lV 10 2 9 9 16.5 28.5 40.5 — — — —
16 2.5 8.5 8.5 17 29 41 47 71 89 101
D-H7l/H7C 6 1 — 7.5 16.5 20.5 34.5 — — — —
D-H7lW/H7BA 10 1.5 — 8.5 16 28 40 — — — —
D-H7NF 16 2 — 8 16.5 28.5 40.5 46.5 70.5 88.5 100.5
D-C7l/C80 6 2 — 8.5 17.5 21.5 35.5 — — — —
D-C73C 10 2.5 — 9.5 17 29 41 — — — —
D-C80C 16 3 — 9 17.5 29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5

D-M9l 10 4.5 — 11.5 19 31 43 — — — —


D-M9lW/M9lWV
D-M9lA/M9lAV 16 5 — 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5

10 4.5 11.5 11.5 19 31 43 — — — —


D-M9lV
16 5 11 11 19.5 31.5 43.5 49.5 73.5 91.5 103.5
10 0.5 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A9l
16 1 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
10 0.5 7.5 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A9lV
16 1 7 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
Rail mounting

D-F7l/F7lV 10 3.5 10.5 10.5 18 30 42 — — — —


D-J79/J79C
D-A7lH/A80H
D-A73C/A80C 16 4 10 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5

D-F7lW/J79W 10 3.5 — 10.5 18 30 42 — — — —


D-F7lWV/F79F
D-F7BA/F7BAV 16 4 — 10 18.5 30.5 42.5 48.5 72.5 90.5 102.5

10 8.5 — 15.5 23 35 47 — — — —
D-F7NT
16 9 — 15 23.5 35.5 47.5 53.5 77.5 95.5 107.5
10 3 10 10 17.5 29.5 41.5 — — — —
D-A7l/A80
16 3.5 9.5 9.5 18 30 42 48 72 90 102
10 0.5 — 7.5 15 27 39 — — — —
D-A79W
16 1 — 7 15.5 27.5 39.5 45.5 69.5 87.5 99.5
* In the actual setting, adjust them after confirming the auto switch performance.

101
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
(mm)
Number of auto switches
Auto switch
Auto switch model With 2 pcs. With n pcs. (n: Number of auto switches)
mounting With 1 pc.
Different surfaces Same surface Different surfaces Same surface
D-M9l

CJ2W
Standard
(n – 2)
D-M9lW 15 + 35 45 + 15 (n – 2)
10 15 Note 1) 45 Note 1) 2
D-M9lA (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
D-A9l (n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)
(n – 2)
15 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)
D-M9lV 5 15 Note 1) 35 2

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)

CJ2
(n – 2)
D-M9lWV 10 15 Note 1) 35
15 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)
D-M9lAV 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)
(n – 2)
Band mounting 10 + 35 35 + 25 (n – 2)

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-A9lV 5 10 35 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)

CJ2K
D-H7l/H7lW (n – 2)

Non-rotating Rod
15 + 45 60 + 22.5 (n – 2)
D-H7BA 10 15 60 2
(n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
D-H7NF (n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)
(n – 2)
D-C7l 15 + 40 50 + 20 (n – 2)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


10 15 50 2
D-C80 (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)

CJ2K
(n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)
D-H7C 15 + 50
(n – 2)
50 + 27.5 (n – 2)
D-C73C 10 15 65 2
D-C80C (n = 2, 3, 4, 5…)
(n = 2, 4, 6…) Note 3)
10 + 10 (n – 2)

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
D-M9lV 5 ­­— 5 ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A9lV 5 ­­— 10 ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-M9l 10 (5) Note 5) ­­— 10 ­­—
15 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A9l (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-M9lWV 15 + 15 (n – 2)

CJ2ZW
10 ­­— 15 ­­—
D-M9lAV (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
20 + 15 (n – 2)
D-M9lW 15 (10) Note 5) ­­— 15 ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
20 + 15 (n – 2)
D-M9lA 15 (10) Note 5) ­­— 20 (15) Note 5) ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-F7l 15 + 15 (n – 2)

CJ2R
5 ­­— 5 ­­—
Rail mounting D-J79 (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-F7lV 10 + 10 (n – 2)

Direct Mount
5 ­­— 5 ­­—
D-J79C (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-F7lW/J79W 10 ­­— 15 ­­—
15 + 20 (n – 2)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


D-F7BA/F79F/F7NT (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)

CJ2R
D-F7lWV 10 ­­— 15 ­­—
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-F7BAV (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-A7l/A80 15 + 10 (n – 2)
D-A7lH/A80H 5 ­­— 10 ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
D-A73C/A80C

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
D-A7lH 5 ­­— 10 ­­—
15 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A80H (n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
10 + 15 (n – 2)
D-A79W 10 ­­— 15 ­­—
(n = 4, 6…) Note 4)
Note 3) When “n” is an odd number, an even number that is one larger than this odd number is used for the calculation.
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Note 4) When “n” is an odd number, an even number that is one larger than this odd number is used for the calculation.
CJ2RK

However, the minimum even number is 4. So, 4 is used for the calculation when “n” is 1 to 3.
Note 5) The dimension stated in ( ) shows the minimum mountable stroke when the auto switch does not project from
the end face of the cylinder body and the lead wire bending space is not hindered.
Note 1) Auto switch mounting
With 2 auto switches
With End Lock

Different surfaces Note 1) Same surface Note 1)


CBJ2

Auto switch model


Auto switch
Made to Order Auto Switch

D-M9(V) B
D-M9W(V)
D-M9A(V)
The proper auto switch mounting position is 5.5 mm inward The auto switch is mounted by slightly displacing it in a direction
from the switch holder edge. The above A and B indicate values (cylinder tube circumferential exterior) so that the auto switch
for band mounting in the table of page 99. and lead wire do not interfere with each other.
D-M9/M9W/M9A Less than 20 stroke Note 2) Less than 55 stroke Note 2)
D-A9 — Less than 50 stroke Note 2)
Note 2) Minimum stroke for auto switch mounting in styles other than those mentioned in Note 1.
102
Series CJ2

Operating Range Auto Switch Mounting Brackets/Part No.


(mm)
Bore size Auto Bore size (mm)
Auto switch model
6 10 16 switch Auto switch model
D-M9l/M9lV mounting 6 10 16
D-M9lW/M9lWV 2 2.5 3 D-M9l
Band mounting

D-M9lA/M9lAV D-M9lV
D-A9l 4.5 6 7 D-M9lW BJ6-006 BJ6-010 BJ6-016
D-H7l/H7lW D-M9lWV (A set of a, b, d, f) (A set of a, b, c, d) (A set of a, b, c, d)
3 4 4
D-H7BA/H7NF D-A9l
D-H7C 5 8 9 D-A9lV
D-C7l/C80/C73C/C80C 6 7 7 D-M9lA Note 2) BJ6-006S BJ6-010S BJ6-016S
D-M9l/M9lV D-M9lAV Note 2) (A set of a, b, d, g) (A set of a, b, d, e) (A set of a, b, d, e)
D-M9lW/M9lWV — 3 3.5
Switch bracket (Resin)
D-M9lA/M9lAV Band c Transparent (Nylon) Note 1)
D-A9l/A9lV — 6 6.5 mounting
f Transparent blue (Nylon) Note 1)
Rail mounting

D-F7l/J79/F7lW/J79W e White (PBT)


D-F7lV/F7lWV/F79F — 5 5
g Black (PBT)
D-J79C/F7BA/F7BAV
D-F7NT d b
Switch holder Auto switch mounting screw
D-A7l/A80/A7H/A80H — 8 9 (Zinc die-casted)
D-A73C/A80C
D-A79W — 11 13
a
∗ Values which include hysteresis are for guideline Auto switch mounting band
purposes only, they are not a guarantee
(assuming approximately ±30% dispersion) and D-H7l/H7lW
may change substantially depending on the BJ2-006 BJ2-010 BJ2-016
Band D-H7BA/H7NF
ambient environment. (A set of band and (A set of band and (A set of band and
mounting D-C7l/C80
screw) screw) screw)
D-C73C/C80C
BQ2-012 (S) BQ2-012 (S)
(A set of a and b) (A set of a and b)
a
D-M9l Auto switch Set screw
mounting bracket
D-M9lV (Accessory)
D-M9lW
Note 4)
Rail D-M9lWV BQ2-012

mounting D-M9lA
Note 4)
BQ2-012S
D-M9lAV Note 4)
D-A9l b
D-A9lV Auto switch
mounting screw

Nut (Cylinder accessory)

Note 1) Since the switch bracket (made from nylon) are affected in an environment where alcohol,
chloroform, methylamines, hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid is splashed over, so it cannot
be used. Please contact SMC regarding other chemicals.
Note 2) As the indicator LED is projected from the switch unit, indicator LED may be damaged if
the switch bracket is fixed on the indicator LED.
Note 3) When the cylinder is shipped, the auto switch mounting bracket and the auto switch will
be included.
Note 4) For D-M9A(V), order the BQ2-012S, which uses stainless steel mounting screws.
Band Mounting Brackets Set Part No.
Set part no. Contents
• Auto switch mounting band (a)
BJ2-lll • Auto switch mounting screw (b)
• Switch bracket (White/PBT) (e)
BJ4-1 • Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Black/PBT) (g)
BJ4-2 • Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Transparent/Nylon) (c)
BJ5-1 • Switch holder (d)
• Switch bracket (Transparent blue/Nylon) (f)
BJ5-2 • Switch holder (d)

[Stainless Steel Mounting Screw]


The following stainless steel mounting screw kit is available. Use it in accordance with the operating
environment. (Since the auto switch mounting bracket is not included, order it separately.)
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7 types
Note 5) Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2 for details on the BBA4.
When the D-H7BA type auto switch is shipped independently, the BBA4 is attached.

103
Auto Switch Mounting Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches are mountable.
Refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No.2 for the detailed specifications.
Applicable
Type Mounting Model Electrical entry Features
bore size

CJ2W
Standard
D-H7A1/H7A2/H7B ­—
Band mounting ø6 to ø16
D-H7NW/H7PW/H7BW Grommet Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)
D-F79/F7P/J79 (In-line) —
Sold state
D-F79W/F7PW/J79W Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Rail mounting ø10, ø16
D-F7NV/F7PV/F7BV Grommet —

CJ2
D-F7NWV/F7BWV (Perpendicular) Diagnostic indication (2-color indication)
D-C73/C76 —
Band mounting ø6 to ø16
D-C80 Grommet Without indicator light
(In-line)

Double Acting, Single Rod


D-A73H/A76H —
Reed

CJ2K
D-A80H Without indicator light
Rail mounting ø10, ø16

Non-rotating Rod
D-A73 Grommet —
D-A80 (Perpendicular) Without indicator light
∗ With pre-wired connector is also available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best Pneumatics No. 2.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


∗ Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H) are also available. For details, refer to the WEB catalog or the Best

CJ2K
Pneumatics No. 2.

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller

CJ2ZW
CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

104
Prior to Use
Auto Switch Connection and Example
Sink Input Specifications Source Input Specifications
3-wire, NPN 3-wire, PNP
Brown Input Brown Input

Black Black
Auto switch Auto switch
Blue Blue
COM COM
(PLC internal circuit) (PLC internal circuit)

2-wire 2-wire
Brown Input Brown COM

Auto switch Auto switch


Blue Blue
COM Input
(PLC internal circuit) (PLC internal circuit)

Connect according to the applicable PLC input specifications, as the connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications.

Example of AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) Connection


* When using solid state auto switches, ensure the application is set up so the signals for the first 50 ms are invalid.
3-wire AND connection for NPN output 3-wire OR connection for NPN output
(Using relays) (Performed with auto switches only)
Brown Brown Brown
Relay
Load
Black Black Load Black Load
Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1
Blue Blue Blue

Brown Brown Brown

Black Black Black


Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
Blue Blue Blue

3-wire AND connection for PNP output 3-wire OR connection for PNP output
(Using relays)
(Performed with auto switches only)
Brown Brown Brown
Relay
Black Black Black
Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1 Auto switch 1
Blue Blue Blue

Brown Brown Brown

Black Black Load Black Load


Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
Blue Load Blue Blue

2-wire AND connection 2-wire OR connection


Brown When two auto switches are Brown
connected in series, a load (Solid state) (Reed)
Load may malfunction because Load When two auto Because there is no
Auto switch 1 the load voltage will decline Auto switch 1 switches are current leakage, the load
Blue when in the ON state. Blue connected in parallel, voltage will not increase
The indicator lights will light malfunction may occur when turned OFF.
Brown up when both of the auto Brown because the load However, depending on
switches are in the ON state. voltage will increase the number of auto
Auto switches with load when in the OFF state. switches in the ON state,
Auto switch 2 Auto switch 2
voltage less than 20 V the indicator lights may
Blue cannot be used. Blue sometimes grow dim or
not light up, due to the
Load voltage at ON = Power supply voltage – Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x dispersion and reduction
Residual voltage x 2 pcs. Load impedance of the current flowing to
= 24 V − 4 V x 2 pcs. = 1 mA x 2 pcs. x 3 kW the auto switches.
= 16 V =6V
Example: Power supply is 24 VDC Example: Load impedance is 3 kW.
Internal voltage drop in auto switch is 4 V. Leakage current from auto switch is 1 mA.

105
106
With End Lock Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Direct Mount Built-in Speed Controller Non-rotating Rod Standard
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Single Rod Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Made to Order Auto Switch CBJ2 CJ2RK CJ2RK CJ2R CJ2R CJ2ZW CJ2Z CJ2K CJ2K CJ2 CJ2W CJ2
Series CJ2
Simple Specials/Made to Order
Please contact SMC for detailed specifications, delivery and prices.

The following special specifications can be ordered as a simplified Made-to-Order.


 Simple Specials There is a specification sheet available on paper and CD-ROM. Please contact your SMC sales representatives if necessary.
CJ2 CJ2K
(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
Symbol Specifications Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
Single Double Single rod Single rod Single Single rod Single rod
rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) rod (spring return) (spring extend)

-XA0, 1, 10, 11 Change of rod end shape

 Made to Order
CJ2 CJ2K
(Standard type) (Non-rotating rod type)
Symbol Specifications Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting
Single Double Single rod Single rod Single Single rod Single rod
rod rod (spring return) (spring extend) rod (spring return) (spring extend)

-XB6 Heat resistant cylinder (−10 to 150°C)

-XB7 Cold resistant cylinder (−40 to 70°C)

-XB9 Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s)

-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) (ø6 only)

-XC3 Special port position

-XC8 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type

-XC9 Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type

-XC10 Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type

-XC11 Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type

-XC22 Fluororubber seal

-XC51 With hose nipple

-XC85 Grease for food processing equipment

-X446 PTFE grease

-X773 Short pitch mounting (ø6 only)

107
Simple Specials/Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type)
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Symbol Page

CJ2W
Standard
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod Single rod
(spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

-XA0, 1, 10, 11 Page 109

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
CJ2Z CJ2R CJ2RK
(Built-in speed controller type) (Direct mount type) (Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type)
Double acting Double acting Single acting Double acting Single acting Symbol Page
Single rod Single rod Single rod Single rod
Single rod Double rod Single rod Single rod
(spring return) (spring extend) (spring return) (spring extend)

Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2K
-XB6 Page 110

Non-rotating Rod
-XB7 Page 110

-XB9 Page 110

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
-XB13 Page 111

-XC3 Page 111

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
-XC8 Page 111

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
-XC9 Page 112

-XC10 Page 112

-XC11 Page 113

CJ2ZW
-XC22 Page 114

-XC51 Page 114

-XC85 Page 115

CJ2R
-X446 Page 115

Direct Mount
-X773 Page 116

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Double Acting, Single Rod
Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

108
Series CJ2 For details, refer to the Simple Specials

Simple Specials
These changes are dealt with Simple Specials System.
System in the WEB catalog.
http://www.smcworld.com

Symbol
1 Change of Rod End Shape -XA0, 1, 10, 11

Applicable Series
Symbol for change
Series Action Note
of rod end shape
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod XA0, 1, 10, 11
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
Non-rotating rod type CJ2K
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
CJ2-Z CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
Built-in speed controller type
CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *1
Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *2
Direct mount type CJ2RA
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 *2
Direct mount, Double acting, Single rod XA0, 1, 10, 11 *2
Non-rotating rod type
CJ2RK
Single acting (Spring return/extend) XA0, 1, 10, 11 *2
*1: Except rod end bracket and pivot bracket *2: Except rod end bracket

Precautions
1. SMC will make appropriate arrangements if no dimension, tolerance, or D ≤ 6RD – 1 mm, 6 < D ≤ 25RD – 2 mm, D > 25RD – 4 mm
finish instructions are given in the diagram. 3. In the case of double rod type and single acting retraction type, enter
2. Standard dimensions marked with “∗” will be as follows to the rod the dimensions when the rod is retracted.
diameter (D). Enter any special dimension you desire.

Symbol: A0 Symbol: A1 Symbol: A10 Symbol: A11

TP R sphere
30° R sphere

A
H H H
H

109
Series CJ2
Made to Order
Please contact SMC for detailed dimensions, specifications and lead times.

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


CJ2
Symbol
1 Heat Resistant Cylinder (−10 to 150°C) -XB6

CJ2W
Standard
Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at higher temperature up to 150 from –10°C.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature range −10°C to 150°C

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Double acting, Except with air cushion Seals material Fluororubber
CJ2

CJ2
Single rod and auto switch Grease Heat resistant grease
Standard type
Double acting, Except with air cushion Specifications other than above and external dimensions Same as standard type
CJ2W
Double rod and auto switch
Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Warning

Double Acting, Single Rod


Note 2) Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for this

CJ2K
cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder. Precautions

Non-rotating Rod
Note 3) In principle, it is impossible to make built-in magnet type and the one Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
with auto switch. But, as for the one with auto switch, and the heat contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
resistant cylinder with heat resistant auto switch, please contact SMC. hazardous to humans.
Note 4) Piston speed is ranged from 50 to 500 mm/s.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
How to Order
Standard model no. XB6

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Heat resistant cylinder

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Symbol
2 Cold Resistant Cylinder (−40 to 70°C) -XB7
Air cylinder which changed the seal material and grease, so that it could be used even at lower temperature down to – 40°C.

CJ2ZW
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature range −40°C to 70°C
Double acting, Except with air cushion and auto switch, Seals material Low nitrile rubber
CJ2
Single rod rod end bracket, pivot bracket Grease Cold resistant grease
Standard type

CJ2R
Double acting, Except with air cushion Auto switch Not mountable
CJ2W
Double rod and auto switch Dimensions Same as standard type

Direct Mount
Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Additional specifications Same as standard type
Note 2) Use dry air which is suitable for heatless air dryer, etc. not to cause

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


the moisture to be frozen.
Warning

CJ2R
Note 3) Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for this
cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder. Precautions
Note 4) Mounting auto switch is impossible.
Note 5) Piston speed is ranged from 50 to 500 mm/s. Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is

Double Acting, Single Rod


How to Order hazardous to humans. Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

Standard model no. XB7 CJ2RK


Cold resistant cylinder
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Symbol
CJ2RK

3 Low Speed Cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) -XB9


Even if driving at lower speeds 10 to 50 mm/s, there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.
With End Lock

Applicable Series Specifications


CBJ2

Description Model Action Note Piston speed 10 to 50 mm/s


Double acting, Dimensions Same as standard type
Standard type CJ2 Except with air cushion
Single rod
Additional specifications Same as standard type
Note) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.
Made to Order Auto Switch

How to Order
Standard model no. XB9 Warning
Precautions
Low speed cylinder
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
hazardous to humans.

110
Series CJ2

Symbol
4 Low Speed Cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) -XB13
Even if driving at lower speeds 5 to 50 mm/s, there would be no stick-slip phenomenon and it can run smoothly.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Piston speed 5 to 50 mm/s
Standard type CJ2 Double acting, Single rod ø6 only Dimensions Same as standard type
Note 1) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator. Additional specifications Same as standard type
Note 2) For the speed adjustment, use speed controllers for controlling at
lower speeds. (Series AS-FM/AS-M)
Warning
How to Order Precautions
Standard model no. XB13 Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
Low speed cylinder hazardous to humans.

Symbol
5 Special Port Location -XC3
Compared with the standard type, a cylinder which changes the connection port location of rod/head cover.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note
Port Location
Double acting, Except with rail mounting type
Standard type CJ2 Corresponding symbol of mounting bracket (Positional relationships)
Single rod auto switches, with air cushion
Port
Non-rotating Double acting, Except with rail mounting type A * Viewed from the rod side, the ports are
CJ2K
rod type Single rod auto switches rendered A, B, C, and D, in the clockwise
D B direction.
How to Order
C
Standard model no. XC3 A B
Port
A <Position relation between clevis and port>
Special port location
* Viewed from the rod side, with the clevis
Rod port location viewed from the rod side D B positioned as shown in the diagram, the
* For port location, refer to the diagrams on the Head port location viewed ports are rendered A, B, C, and D, in the
right and show the symbols of A, B, C and D. C clockwise direction.
from the rod side

Symbol
6 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Extension Type -XC8
It adjusts the extending stroke by the stroke adjustable mechanism equipped in the head side. (After the stroke is adjusted, with cushion on both sides is altered to single-sided, with cushion.)

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Stroke adjustment symbol —
Except with air cushion, Stroke adjustment range (mm) 0 to 15
Double acting,
Standard type CJ2 double-side bossed, double clevis, Additional specifications Same as standard type
Single rod
double foot, head flange.

Warning
How to Order
Precautions
Standard model no. XC8
1. When the cylinder is operating, if something gets caught between the
stopper bracket for adjusting the stroke and the cylinder body, it could
Adjustable stroke cylinder/
cause bodily injury or damage the peripheral equipment. Therefore, take
Adjustable extension type
preventive measures as necessary, such as installing a protective cover.
2. To adjust the stroke, make sure to secure the wrench flats of the stopper
bracket by a wrench etc. before loosening the lock nut. If the lock nut is
loosened without securing the stopper bracket, be aware that the area
that joins the load to the piston rod or the area in which the piston rod is
joined with the load side and the stopper bracket side could loosen first. It
Stroke adjustable mechanism may cause an accident or malfunction.

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
(mm)
Bore size Applicable stroke HA S ZZ
10 15 to 150 37 49 114
20
16 15 to 200 37 50 115
S + Stroke HA + Stroke
* Dimensions except mentioned above are the same as
ZZ + 2 x Stroke standard type.
111
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol
7 Adjustable Stroke Cylinder/Adjustable Retraction Type

CJ2
-XC9
The retracting stroke of the cylinder can be adjusted by the adjusting bolt.

Applicable Series Specifications

CJ2W
Standard
Description Model Action Note Stroke adjustment symbol —
Except double-side Stroke adjustment range (mm) 0 to 15
Double acting, bossed, double
Standard type CJ2 Additional specifications Same as standard type
Single rod clevis, double foot,

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


head flange.
Caution

CJ2
Except double-side
Non-rotating rod type CJ2K
Double acting, bossed, double Precautions
Single rod clevis, double foot,
head flange. 1. When air is supplied to the cylinder, if the stroke adjusting bolt is loosened
in excess of the allowable stroke adjustment amount, be aware that the

Double Acting, Single Rod


Double acting, stroke adjusting bolt could fly out or air could be discharged, which could
Direct mount type CJ2R

CJ2K
Single rod injure personnel or damage the peripheral equipment.

Non-rotating Rod
Direct mount, Double acting, 2. Adjust the stroke when the cylinder is not pressurized.
CJ2RK If it is adjusted in the pressurized state, the seal of the adjustment section
Non-rotating rod type Single rod
could become deformed, leading to air leakage.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


How to Order

CJ2K
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Standard model no. XC9
BM
Adjustable stroke cylinder/ Adjusting bolt
Adjustable retraction type

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
ZZ + Stroke Max.30

(mm)

CJ2ZW
Bore size BM ZZ
Adjusting bolt 10 M5 x 0.8 74
16 M5 x 0.8 75
* Dimensions except mentioned above are
the same as standard type.

CJ2R
Symbol
8 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Double Rod Type -XC10

Direct Mount
Two cylinders are constructed as one cylinder in a back-to-back configuration allowing the cylinder stroke to be controlled in three steps.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2R
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Maximum manufacturable stroke (mm) 300 (Maximum 150 on one side)
Standard Double acting, Except with air cushion, rod end Additional specifications Same as standard type
CJ2
type Single rod bracket and pivot bracket

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Non-rotating Double acting, Except rod end bracket and
CJ2K
rod type Single rod pivot bracket

How to Order
CJ2 Mounting style Z XC10
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

Bore size Stroke A Stroke B


CJ2RK

Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type

Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
With End Lock

Function
CBJ2

B port D port C port A port


B DC A When air pressure is supplied to ports
and , both strokes A and B retract.

B D C A Stroke A When air pressure is supplied to


Made to Order Auto Switch

S + Stroke B NB S + Stroke A
ports and , A out strokes.
Z + Stroke (A + B)

Stroke B B D C A When air pressure is supplied to


(mm)
ports and , B out strokes.
Bore size NB S Z
10 21 36.5 150 Stroke B B D C A Stroke A When air pressure is supplied to ports
16 21 37.5 152 and , both strokes A and B out strokes.

112
Series CJ2

Symbol
9 Dual Stroke Cylinder/Single Rod Type -XC11
Two cylinders can be integrated by connecting them in line, and the cylinder stroke can be controlled in two stages in both directions.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note * Please contact SMC for each manufacturable stroke length.
Double acting, Except with
Standard type CJ2
Single rod air cushion

How to Order
CJ2 Mounting style Bore size Stroke A Stroke B – A Z Pivot bracket Rod end bracket XC11
Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type
Caution
Precautions Functional description of dual stroke cylinder
1. Do not supply air until the cylinder is fixed. B C A
2. If air is supplied without securing the cylinder, the cylinder could lurch, 1) Initial state
posing the risk of bodily injury or damage to the peripheral equipment. (0 stroke position)

Stroke B Stroke A
2) 1st stage
A (Stroke A operation)
B C
Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.) When the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod oper-
Stroke A
Intermediate cover ates the stroke A.
B port C port A port 3) 2nd stage
C A (Stroke B-A operation)
Stroke B – A B Following the 1st stage,
when the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod operates
SB + Stroke B SA + Stroke A the stroke B-A.
B
Z + Stroke (A + B) C A 4) Cylinder retraction
When the air pressure
(mm) is supplied from the
Bore size SA SB Z port, the rod re-
10 31.5 53 112.5 Stroke B Stroke A tracts completely.
16 33 53 114
Stroke A or Stroke B operation can be made individually.
* Dimensions except mentioned above
are the same as standard type. B C A
Stroke A operation
Note 1) When mounting an auto switch at the extended piston rod A side, 1) Initial state
the following auto switches interfere with the intermediate cover. In (0 stroke position)
this case, please mount on the stroke B side. Please be aware that Stroke B Stroke A
2) Operation
the auto switch defects and temporarily turns ON/OFF when A
B C When the air pressure
passing the intermediate position of the B stroke. Stroke A
is supplied from the
Solid state auto switch: D-H7, D-H7C, D-H7W, D-H7NF, port, the rod oper-
D-H7BA ates the stroke A.
Reed auto switch: D-C7, D-C80, D-C73C, D-C80C, D-A80,
D-A9, D-A9V, D-A79W, D-A73 B C A
Note 2) The maximum manufacturable stroke of this cylinder is 150 mm for Stroke B operation
both A and B. 1) Initial state
(0 stroke position)
Stroke B Stroke A
2) Operation
C
Stroke B B A When the air pressure
is supplied from the
port, the rod oper-
ates the stroke B.

Double output is possible.


B C A
1) Initial state
(0 stroke position)
Stroke B Stroke A

C A 2) Double output
B
When the air pressure is
supplied to the and
W W ports at the same time, the
double output can be obtained
Stroke A in the stroke A range.
113
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol
10 Fluororubber Seal

CJ2
-XC22
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Seal material Fluororubber

CJ2W
Standard
Double acting, Single rod Except with air cushion With auto switch Note 1): −10°C to 60°C
CJ2 Ambient temperature range (No freezing)
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Without auto switch : −10°C to 70°C
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod Except with air cushion
Specifications other
Non-rotating rod Same as standard type
than above and external dimensions
CJ2K Double acting, Single rod

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


type
Note 1) Please contact SMC, as the type of chemical and the operating

CJ2
Direct mount type CJ2R Double acting, Single rod temperature may not allow the use of this product.
Note 2) Cylinders with auto switches can also be produced; however, auto
How to Order switch related parts (auto switch units, mounting brackets, built-in
magnets) are the same as standard products.
Standard model no. XC22

Double Acting, Single Rod


Before using these, please contact SMC regarding their suitability

CJ2K
for the operating environment.
Fluororubber seal

Non-rotating Rod
Symbol
11 With Hose Nipple -XC51

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
The one with hose nipple attached in order to save time for assembly at the time of shipment.

Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type


Description Model Action Note

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Double acting, Single rod Applicable Hose Nipple Type

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Symbol Applicable bore size (mm) Function Hose nipple part no.
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod H4 ø4/2.5 With a fixed orifice CJ-5H-4
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod H6 ø6/4 (ø0.8) CJ-5H-6
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend) MH4 ø4/2.5 Without fixed M-5H-4

CJ2ZW
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod MH6 ø6/4 orifice M-5H-6
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod

Direct mount type CJ2R


Double acting, Single rod Dimensions (Dimensions other than below are the same as standard type.)
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Direct mount, Double acting, Single rod Hose nipple Width across flats 8(7)

CJ2R
(12)
13

CJ2RK
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)

Direct Mount
How to Order

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


Standard model no. XC51 H4

CJ2R
With hose nipple * The above figure shows the ø6/4 hose nipple mounting dimensions. The
dimensions in ( ) show those for the ø4/2.5 hose nipple.
Hose nipple type
H4 ø4/2.5 with restriction

Double Acting, Single Rod


Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
H6 ø6/4 with restriction
MH4 ø4/2.5 without restriction
MH6 ø6/4 without restriction
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
CJ2RK
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

114
Series CJ2

Symbol
12 Grease for Food Processing Equipment -XC85
Food grade grease (certified by NSF-H1) is used as lubricant.

Applicable Series Specifications


Description Model Action Note Ambient temperature With auto switch : −10°C to 60°C
(No freezing)
Double acting, Single rod range Without auto switch : −10°C to 70°C
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Seals material Nitrile rubber
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod Grease Grease for food
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod Auto switch Mountable
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend) Dimensions Same as standard type
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod Specifications other than above Same as standard type
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Direct mount type CJ2R
Single acting (Spring return/extend) Food zone
Double acting, Single rod Not installable
Direct mount,
CJ2RK Splash zone
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Not installable

How to Order
Standard model no. XC85 Container

Grease for food processing equipment

Warning Food

Precautions
Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
hazardous to humans.
Non-food zone
Not installable zone Installable
Food zone···········A n environment where the raw materials and
materials of food products, semi-finished food
products and food products that make direct or Note 1) Avoid using this product in the food zone.
indirect contact in a normal processing process. (Refer to the figure above.)
Splash zone········An area where a portion of food products accidentally Note 2) When the product is used in an area of liquid splash, or a water
splash and stick under the intended operating resistant function is required for the product, please consult with
conditions. An environment where food products that SMC.
enter this area do not return to the food product contact Note 3) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.
portion again, and are not used as food products. Note 4) Use the following grease pack for the maintenance work.
GR-H-010 (Grease: 10 g)
Installable zone Note 5) Please contact SMC for details on the maintenance intervals for
this cylinder, which differ from those of the standard cylinder.
Non-food zone····Other environments including the food splash zone,
except for the food contact portions.
Symbol
13 PTFE Grease -X446
Applicable Series Specifications: Same as standard type
Description Model Action Note
Double acting, Single rod
Dimensions: Same as standard type
CJ2
Standard type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
* When grease is necessary for maintenance, grease pack is available,
CJ2W Double acting, Double rod please order it separately.
Non-rotating rod Double acting, Single rod GR-F-005 (Grease: 5 g)
CJ2K
type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Built-in speed CJ2Z Double acting, Single rod
controller type CJ2ZW Double acting, Double rod
Double acting, Single rod
Direct mount type CJ2R
Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Direct mount, Double acting, Single rod
CJ2RK
Non-rotating rod type Single acting (Spring return/extend)
Warning
How to Order Precautions
Standard model no. X446 Be aware that smoking cigarettes etc. after your hands have come into
contact with the grease used in this cylinder can create a gas that is
PTFE grease hazardous to humans.
115
Made to Order Series CJ2

Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod


Symbol
14 Short Pitch Mounting/Single Acting, Spring Return

CJ2
-X773
Mounting pitch is shortened when cylinders are used in parallel.
Changes rod cover and head cover dimensions to ø7.
Shortens the full length with a head cover integrated with a barb fitting.

CJ2W
Standard
Application
ø7

example

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2
Double Acting, Single Rod
CJ2K
Non-rotating Rod
Note) Directly mounted with cylinder
mounting screws Verification of push
button actuation for
7.5 mm
mobile phones, etc.

Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend


CJ2K
Applicable Series Specifications
Description Model Action Note Bore size 6
Standard type CJ2 Single acting (Spring return) Action Single acting, Spring return

Double Acting, Single Rod Double Acting, Double Rod Double Acting, Single Rod
Operating pressure range 0.2 to 0.7 MPa

CJ2Z
Built-in Speed Controller
Port size With ø4 barb fitting (For soft tube)
How to Order
Connecting port location Head cover/Axial direction
CJ2B6 Stroke SU4 X773 Stroke 5 to 60
Auto switch None

CJ2ZW
Short pitch mounting/
Single acting, spring return

CJ2R
Direct Mount
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend
Dimensions

CJ2R
Be sure to use a ø4 or ø2.5
ø6n8−0.018
0

urethane tube (TU0425) or


(mm)

Double Acting, Single Rod


a soft nylon tube (TS0425). Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod

CJ2RK
Stroke 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60
M3 x 0.5 M6 x 1.0 Air exhaust port S 30.5 39.5 43.5 57.5
Z 63.5 72.5 76.5 90.5
ø7
ø3

Note
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend

1. When mounting a cylinder, make sure that the


CJ2RK

air exhaust port on the rod cover is not blocked.


15 8 3 2. When mounting a cylinder, apply thread locking
28 S + Stroke 5 adhesive on the threaded part and hold the
external diameter of the rod cover with a needle-
Z + Stroke
nose pliers or regular pliers.
With End Lock

CBJ2 Made to Order Auto Switch

116
CJ2
Series
Specific Product Precautions
Be sure to read this before handling. Refer to the back cover for Safety Instructions. For
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions, refer to “Handling Precautions for SMC Products”
and the Operation Manual on SMC website, http://www.smcworld.com

Mounting

Warning Caution
1. Use within the specified cylinder speed and 1. During installation, secure the rod cover and
kinetic energy ranges. tighten by applying an appropriate tightening
Otherwise, cylinder and seal damage may occur. force to the retaining nut or to the rod cover body.
2. Do not apply excessive lateral load to the If the head cover is secured or the head cover is tightened,
piston rod. the cover could rotate, leading to the deviation.
Easy checking method 2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate
Minimum operating pressure after the cylinder is mounted to tightening torque within the range given below.
the equipment (MPa) = Minimum operating pressure of ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m, ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m
cylinder (MPa) + {Load weight (kg) x Friction coefficient of 3. To remove and install the retaining ring for the
guide/Sectional area of cylinder (mm2)} knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate
If smooth operation is confirmed within the above value, the pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C
load on the cylinder is the resistance of the thrust only and it retaining ring). In particular, use a pair of ultra-
can be judged as having no lateral load. mini pliers for removing and installing the
retaining ring on the ø10 cylinder.
4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting type,
do not remove the rail that is mounted.
Because retaining screws extend into the
cylinder, this could lead to an air leak.
5. Please contact SMC when the stroke exceeds
100 mm for the axial foot mounting style.

<Precautions on the single acting cylinder>


1) Do not operate it in such a way that a load would be applied
during the retraction of the piston rod of the spring return style,
or during the extension of the piston rod of the spring extend
style. The spring that is built into the cylinder provides only
enough force to retract the piston rod. Thus, if a load is applied,
the piston rod will not be able to retract to the end of the stroke.
2) A breather hole is provided in the cover surface. Make sure not
to block this hole during installation, as this could lead to a
malfunction.

<Precautions on the non-rotating cylinder>


1) Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate tightening
torque within the range given below.
ø10: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m, ø16: 20 to 21 N·m
2) Do not operate it in such a way that rotational torque would be
applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is applied, the
non-rotating guide will become deformed, thus affecting the
non-rotating accuracy.
ø10 ø16
Allowable rotational torque (N·m)
0.02 0.04

3) To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the


piston rod, make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and
place a wrench over the flat portion of the rod that protrudes.
To tighten, take precautions to prevent the tightening torque
from being applied to the non-rotating guide.

117
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or
Safety Instructions equipment damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with
the labels of “Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for
safety and must be followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC)∗1),
and other safety regulations.
∗1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which,
Caution: if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines.
(Part 1: General requirements)
Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk which,
Warning: if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots – Safety.
etc.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which,
Danger : if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Warning Caution
1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the 1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries.
person who designs the equipment or decides its The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in
specifications. manufacturing industries.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating conditions, If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand
its compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by the person who and exchange specifications or a contract if necessary.
designs the equipment or decides its specifications based on necessary If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.
analysis and test results. The expected performance and safety assurance
of the equipment will be the responsibility of the person who has determined Limited warranty and Disclaimer/
its compatibility with the product. This person should also continuously
review all specifications of the product referring to its latest catalog Compliance Requirements
information, with a view to giving due consideration to any possibility of The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty and Disclaimer” and
equipment failure when configuring the equipment. “Compliance Requirements”.
Read and accept them before using the product.
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate
machinery and equipment. Limited warranty and Disclaimer
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The
assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment including
1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5 years after
our products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained
the product is delivered, whichever is first.∗2)
and experienced. Also, the product may have specified durability, running distance or
replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales branch.
3. Do not service or attempt to remove product and machinery/ 2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty period which is clearly our
equipment until safety is confirmed. responsibility, a replacement product or necessary parts will be provided.
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be This limited warranty applies only to our product independently, and not to any
performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven other damage incurred due to the failure of the product.
objects have been confirmed.
3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand the warranty terms
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as and disclaimers noted in the specified catalog for the particular products.
mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate
∗2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
source is cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after it is delivered.
of all relevant products carefully. Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a product due to the use of the vacuum pad
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent or failure due to the deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited warranty.
unexpected operation and malfunction.
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of
Compliance Requirements
safety measures if the product is to be used in any of the 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the manufacture of
following conditions. weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any other weapon is strictly prohibited.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use 2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country to another are
outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight. governed by the relevant security laws and regulations of the countries involved
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air in the transaction. Prior to the shipment of a SMC product to another country,
navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, assure that all local rules governing that export are known and followed.
combustion and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and
beverages, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press
applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable for the Caution
standard specifications described in the product catalog.
SMC products are not intended for use as instruments for legal
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or metrology.
animals requiring special safety analysis. Measurement instruments that SMC manufactures or sells have not been
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock qualified by type approval tests relevant to the metrology (measurement) laws
for possible failure by using a mechanical protective function, and of each country. Therefore, SMC products cannot be used for business or
periodical checks to confirm proper operation. certification ordained by the metrology (measurement) laws of each country.

Revision history
Edition B ¡Standard type (Double rod, Single acting), Non-rotating rod type, Edition C ¡The existing product (ø6) and the air cylinder with end lock
Direct mount type, Direct mount, Non-rotating rod type, (Series CBJ2) are added.
Made to Order: Heat resistant cylinder (-XB6), ¡The models with rod end bracket and/or pivot bracket part numbers are
Dual stroke cylinder (-XC10, 11) etc. are added. added: CJ2-Z (Single acting), CJ2K-Z (Double acting, Single acting),
¡Number of pages increased from 20 to 104. RW CJ2Z-Z, CJ2R-Z (Double acting, Single acting),
CJ2RK-Z (Double acting, Single acting)
¡Number of pages increased from 104 to 120. SX

Safety Instructions Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.

S-ar putea să vă placă și